iu health sleep lab

Provided by:Energy Management Design

1208 W. White River BlvdMuncie IN 47303

Phone 765-744-4128www.energymanagementdesign.com

ELECTRICAL DIVISIONS

LIGHTINGPOWERFIRE ALARM MED GAS

EXIT

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING MANUAL

WALL VIEWS

Steve

Text Box

Manual Provided By Symphony Consulting and Management 1208 West White River Blvd. Muncie Indiana www.symphonycm.com

Provided by:Energy Management Design

1208 W. White River BlvdMuncie IN 47303

Phone 765-744-4128www.energymanagementdesign.com

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING MANUAL

FROM THE MAIN MENU SELECT THE DEVISION TO REVIEW

NEXT SELECT THE DEVICE, FIXTURE, OR EQUIPMENT YOU WANT TO REVIEW BY HOVERING OVER IT. WHEN THE POINTER TURNS INTO A HAND LEFT CLICK

HOLD DOWN THE CTRL KEY TO ZOOM IN ON A DRAWING WITH THE ROLLER ON YOUR MOUSE

USE THE ROLLER TO SCROLL THROUGH A SPECIFICATION

EXIT

Steve

Text Box

Steve

Text Box

Steve

Text Box

Steve

Text Box

Steve

Text Box

Steve

Text Box

Steve

Text Box

EX CIR

Steve

Text Box

EX CIR

Steve

Text Box

EX CIR

Steve

Text Box

EX CIR

Steve

Oval

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Oval

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Oval

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Text Box

EXIT LS8

Steve

Text Box

EXIT LS8

Steve

Text Box

EXIT LS8

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Text Box

CLICK ON FIXTURES TO GO TO SPECIFICATIONS

Steve

Text Box

CLICK HERE FOR OUTSIDE FLOOD LIGHTS

Steve

Text Box

HOLD DOWN CTRL KEY TO ZOOM WITH ROLLER

Steve

Text Box

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

Steve

Text Box

PANEL G

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Line

Steve

Text Box

CLICK ON DEVICES TO GO TO SPECIFICATIONS

Steve

Line

Steve

Text Box

HOLD DOWN CTRL KEY TO ZOOM WITH ROLLER

Steve

Text Box

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

1

The designer dimmer thatmatches your paddle switches.

PRODUCT FAMILY FEATURES

• Large paddle switch with a captive linear-slide dimmer for a standarddesigner wallplate opening

• Full family of products for most lighting sources• Dimmers feature built-in soft-glow nightlight• Uses standard single-pole and 3-way wiring for easy installation in any

home• For more Diva choices, see the new Diva Satin Colors product line

DIMENSIONS

Front Profile

SPECIFICATION SUBMITTAL

CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

Preset Fan-Speed SwitchesDimmers Controls

Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

JOB NAME AREA CONTROLLED

LOCATION JOB NUMBER

TITLE PAGE NO.

SPECIFICATION SERIES STANDARD FEATURES

• Square Law Dimming • RFI suppression• Power-failure memory • Captive linear slider• Electrostatic discharge tested • Precise color matching• Mechanical air-gap switch to disconnect load powerLutron controls are rated at 120VAC, 60Hz unless otherwise noted.

Controls www.lutron.com/diva

Soft glownightlight

Select lightlevel withslider

Switch on to selectedlightlevel/off

Preset Dimmer

Preset Fan-SpeedControls

1.31" *(33mm)

2.75"(70mm)

2.94"(75mm)

4.69"(119mm)

0.30" (7.6mm)

* some models up to 1.44" (37mm)

Select fanspeed withslider

Switch on to selectedfanspeed/off

Cable TVJack

Single Telephone Jack

15A Receptacle

15A GFCI Receptacle

2-gang to 6-gang wallplates

Telephone/Cable TV Jacks

Standard Multigang Wallplates

Receptacles

Ports

6-Port Frame

2

MaximumDescription Capacity 1 Model #

HI-POWER 2•4•6TM DIMMING MODULES

To increase load capacity up to 30,000W/VA in most popular sources, use one DV-600P- or DV-603P- and add up to fivedimming modules. Cannot be used with 0-10VDC ballast.

FAN-SPEED CONTROLSQuiet Controls

For use with one ceiling paddle fan.Preset Fan-Speed Controls 3

Single pole/ 3-way, 1.5A DVFSQ-F-3-speedNote: Does not have soft-glow nightlight. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanicalswitches.

SWITCHES 3

General Purpose Switching of allSources and Motor Loads

Single pole, 120/277V 15A CA-1PSH-3-way, 120/277V 15A CA-3PSH-4-way, 120/277V 15A CA-4PSH-

ACCESSORIESReceptacles

Receptacle 3

15A, 125V CAR-15H-

GFCI Receptacle 3

15A, 125V CAR-15-GFCIH-

Telephone and Cable Television Jacks

A physical barrier (partition) must exist when ganging with line-voltage productsSingle Telephone Jack 4

6-conductor, RJ11 CA-PJH-Note: Also accepts most 4-conductor plugs.

Cable TV Jack 3, 4

F-STYLE

75-Ohm, coaxial cable jack CA-CJH-



DIMMERS Incandescent

Preset Dimmers with NightlightSingle pole 600W DV-600P-Single pole 1000W DV-10P-3-way 600W DV-603P-3-way 1000W DV-103P-Note: The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro® switches or othermechanical switches.

Electronic Low Voltage

Preset Dimmers with NightlightSingle pole 300W DVELV-300P-3-way 300W DVELV-303P-Note: Requires neutral wire connection. The nightlight is visiblebest on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, usewith Claro switches or other mechanical switches.

Magnetic Low Voltage

Preset Dimmers with NightlightSingle pole 600VA (450W 2) DVLV-600P-Single pole 1000VA (800W 2) DVLV-10P-3-way 600VA (450W 2) DVLV-603P-3-way 1000VA (800W 2) DVLV-103P-Note: The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or othermechanical switches.

Fluorescent Dimming with Hi-lume® andEco-10TM (ECO-Series) Electronic Ballasts

Preset Dimmers with Nightlight 3

Single pole/ 3-way 8A DVF-103P-Single pole/ 3-way, 277V 6A DVF-103P-277-Note: Use with Lutron Hi-lume or Eco-10 (ECO-Series) line voltage control Electronic Dimming Ballasts only. Requires neutral wire connection. The nightlight is visible best on thelighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claroswitches or other mechanical switches.

Fluorescent Dimming with Tu-Wire®

Electronic Ballasts

Preset Dimmers with NightlightSingle pole/ 3-way 5A DVFTU-5A3P-Note: Use with Lutron Tu-Wire line voltage control electronicdimming ballasts only. The nightlight is visible best on thelighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claroswitches or other mechanical switches.

1 For capacities in multigang installations see derating pg. 3.

2 Actual lamp wattages.

3 No derating required if ganged.

4 A physical barrier (partition) must exist when ganging with line-voltage products.

Controls

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Text Box

DIMMER FOR L3 CANS

Steve

Text Box

DIMMER FOR FANS

Steve

Text Box

DIMMER FOR 2X4 IN CONF ROOM

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

3 Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls

Description Rating Model #

ACCESSORIESField Customizable Multi-Port Frame

6-Port Frame Shipped with 6 blanks CA-6PF-Shown with blanks

Product above: For use with Lutron connectors shown below. Also compatible with HubbleXceleratorTM and snap-fit connectors.

Connectors For use with 6-port frame (CA-6PF-). Each connector fills one port.

Phone Jack 6-conductor, RJ11, Category 3 CON-1P-C3-WH

Phone Jack 8-conductor, RJ45, Category 5e CON-1P-C5E-WH


Fiber Jack MT-RJ Feed-Through CON-1F-MTRJ-WH

Fiber Jack SC Simplex CON-1F-SC-WH

Fiber Jack LC Non-Flush Mount CON-1F-LC-WH

Fiber Jack ST Style CON-1F-ST-WH

Cable Jack F-Style, 75-Ohm Coaxial cable CON-1C-WH

BNC Jack BNC connector CON-1B-WH

Connectors available in white (WH) only. For information about additional colors contact LutronCustomer Service.

4

DERATING/MAXIMUM CAPACITY

No side One side Two sidesections section sectionsremoved removed removed(Full Capacity) (End Units) (Middle Unit)

Incandescent Dimmers

600W 500W 400W1000W 800W 650W

Electronic Low Voltage 1

300W 250W 200W


600VA 500VA 400VA(450W 2) (375W 2) (300W 2)

1000VA 800VA 650VA(800W 2) (650W 2) (500W 2)

Fluorescent

Hi-lume/Eco-10 20ballasts/8A No derating required (ECO-Series)Tu-Wire 3 5A 4A 3.3A

Fan-Speed Controls

1.5A No derating required

1 Requires 40W minimum load.

2 Actual lamp wattage.

3 Minimum capacity: 2 ballasts/0.25A

Description Model #

STANDARD WALLPLATES

1-Gang 2.94”W (75mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm)

CW-1-

2-Gang4.75”W (121mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm)

CW-2-


CW-3-

4-Gang8.37”W (213mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm) CW-4-



STANDARD COLORS/FINISHES

Gloss Finishes (Ships in 48 hours)Add color/finish suffix to model number to order.Example: DV-600P-WHWH WhiteIV IvoryAL AlmondLA Light AlmondGR GrayBR BrownBL Black


Controls

5

Wiring Diagram 43-Way Wiring Model #

DVELV-303P-CA-3PS-

Wiring Diagram 53-Way Used as Single Pole Model #

DVELV-303P-

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Wiring Diagram 1Single-Pole Wiring Model #

DV-600P-DV-10P-DVLV-600P-DVLV-10P-CA-1PSH-

Wiring Diagram 2Single-Pole Wiring of 3-Way Control Model #

DVFSQ-F-DVLV-103P-DVLV-603P-DV-103P-DV-603P-


DVELV-300P-


Neutral

Black *

Dimmer/Switch/Fan-Speed Control

Black or Red *Hot

120VAC60Hz

Lighting Load or FanGreen **

**or Brass screw terminal**or Green screw terminal

Ground

Wire Connectors

Control Load Side

Neutral

YellowHot

Green White120VAC60Hz

*

Red***

Lighting Load

3-WaySwitch

3-WayDimmer

Neutral

YellowHot


Red

RedLighting Load

3-WayDimmer

Ground

Wire Connectors

***or Copper/Black *** screw terminal***or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal


Ground

Wire Connectors

Green ***

Neutral

Black *

Red **†

Red **Hot

120VAC60Hz

Lighting Load or Fan

Ground

Wire Connectors

***or Copper/Black screw terminal***or Brass screw terminal***or Green screw terminal † or Red/White stripe (cap off)


Red or Yellow

Green White

Neutral

Black


Hot

120VAC60Hz


Ground

Wire Connectors

Controls

6

WIRING DIAGRAMS


DV-603P-DV-103P-DVLV-603P-DVLV-103P-DVFSQ-F-CA-3PSH-


DV-603P-DV-103P-DVLV-603P-DVLV-103P-DVFSQ-F-CA-3PSH-CA-4-PSH-


Control Line Side 3-Way

Switch

Fan-Speed Control or 3-WayDimmer/Switch



Neutral

Red *

Red *†

Green *** *** *** Green ***

Black **Hot

120VAC60Hz

3-WaySwitch


Neutral

Red *

Red *†

Black **Hot

120VAC60HzOR

Control Load Side

Ground

Wire Connectors* ** **

*

*

*

***or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal***or Copper/Black *** screw terminal***or Green screw *** terminal † or Red/White stripe

Control Line Side

Control Load Side

Black ** Red * *

Red *† *

*

*

** **

**

Red *†*

Neutral

Hot

Green *** ***120VAC60Hz

3-Way Dimmer/Switchor Fan-SpeedControl

4-WaySwitch


3-WaySwitch

Neutral

Hot

Green ***120VAC60Hz

** *

*

*

**

** Black **Red *

4-WaySwitch


3-WaySwitch

3-WayDimmer/Switch or Fan-SpeedControl

OR

Ground

Wire Connectors

***or Copper/Black *** screw terminal***or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal***or Green *** screw terminal † or Red/White stripe

Controls

7

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Wiring Diagram 8Single-Pole Wiring of a 3-Way Control Model #

DVF-103P-DVF-103P-277-


DVF-103P-DVF-103P-277-CA-3PSH-


Green

120VACor277VAC60Hz

To Additional Ballasts

Dimmer

Orange or Brown **

White *

BlackBlack

Orange or Brown **

White *

Yellow or Orange

Black

Blue RedHot

Neutral

White

Violet or Blue*** must use lamp ***disconnect sockets ***with magnetic ***dimming ballasts*** or Yellow/Blue or ***Yellow/Green when ***used with magnetic ***dimming ballasts

Dimming Ballast

Dimming Ballast

Ground

Wire Connectors

Typical 4-Wire Connection

Control Load Side

* 3-Way switch must be wired on line side of dimmer** must use lamp disconnect sockets with magnetic dimming ballasts*** or Yellow/Blue or Yellow/Green when used with magnetic dimming ballasts † † or Copper/Black screw terminal † † or Brass/Gold screw terminal

GreenGreen

120VACor277VAC60Hz


Dimmer3-Way Switch*

Orange or Brown ***

White **

Black

Orange or Brown ***

White **

Black

RedHot

Neutral

White

Violet or Blue

Yellow or Orange

Blue† † †

†

Dimming Ballast

Dimming Ballast

Ground

Wire Connectors


Controls


DVFTU-5A3P-


DVTU-5A3P-CA-3PSH-Black**Black

Green

To additional ballasts * or Red/White** terminals are provided

Neutral

Red*

RedDimmer

Black

White**

Hot

120VAC60Hz

Tu-Wire™Ballast

Ground

Wire Connectors

Black**Black


White**Green

Neutral

Red*

RedDimmer

3-way Switch

BlackHot

Green120VAC60Hz

Ground

Wire Connectors

Tu-Wire™Ballast

8

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Wiring Diagram 12Cable TV Jack Wiring Model #

CA-CJH-

Wiring Diagram 13Telephone Jack Wiring Model #

CA-PJH-

Wiring Diagram 14Receptacle Wiring Model #

CAR-15H-

Wiring Diagram 15GFCI Receptacle Wiring Model #

CAR-15-GFCIH-

75-OhmCable 75-Ohm

Cable

Cable TVJack

Ground

Neutral

Hot

Black

White

Green or Screw Terminal



Black

White

120VAC60Hz

GFCIReceptacle(15A Shown)

NPNP PP PP

Line Load

Wire ConnectorsP-ProtectedNP-Not Protected

Building Ground(To Metal Box)


6-ConductorTelephone Jack*

WireColor

Jack Position

1 White2 Black3 Red4 Green5 Yellow6 Blue

* accepts most 4-conductor jacks

Neutral

Black

Receptacle (15A Shown)

WhiteHot

120VAC60Hz

Nickel Plated Screws

BrassScrews

GreenScrew Ground or

Isolated Ground

Ground

Wire Connectors

Controls

9

c. When on, the slider shall change the light level/fan speed.When off, the slider shall preselect the light level/fan speed that the control will turn on to. Paddle switch shall turn lights/fan on to the preselected level, or off.

d. Paddle switch and slider shall be captured internal to the control.

e. 3-Way controls shall be capable of multi-location on and mechanical air-gap off using standard 3-way and 4-way switches. Multi-location switches shall be Claro decorator style with a gloss finish.

f. Dimmer shall be backlit with soft glow locator light.g. Within rated capacity, dimmers shall be available for direct

control of incandescent, magnetic low voltage, electronic low voltage, and fluorescent. Matching fan-speed controls shall also be available.

h. Controls shall be capable of operating at the rated capacity;this includes modified capacities for ganging configurations which require the removal of fins. Operation at rated capacity shall be possible across the full ambienttemperature range, without shortening design lifetime.

i. To ensure a precise color match between all plastic parts,color variation of any gloss finish control shall not exceed a delta E of 1, CIE L*a*b* color units, as defined in ASTM E308-99.

j. Dimmer shall provide smooth and continuous Square Law dimming curve, for the full slider travel, on their rated load per The IESNA Lighting Handbook, 9th edition, p. 27-4.

k. Controls shall meet the applicable requirements of UL 20 and UL 1472 referring to the inclusion of a visible, accessibleair-gap off switch and the limited short circuit test.

l. Controls shall meet ANSI/IEEE Std. C62.41-1980, tested to withstand voltage surges of up to 6000V and current surges of up to 200A without damage.

m. Dimmers shall be designed to reduce interference with radio, audio, and video equipment.

n. Controls shall incorporate power-failure memory. Should power be interrupted and subsequently returned, the lights or fans will come back on to the same levels set prior to the power interruption. Restoration to some other default level isnot acceptable.

o. Controls shall not be susceptible to damage or loss of memory due to static discharge.

p. Controls shall operate in an ambient temperature range of 0°C (32°F) to 40°C (104°F).

q. 3-Way controls shall wire using conventional 3-way and 4-way wire runs.

r. Contractors shall install all backboxes with a minimum wallbox depth of 2.5 inches.

2. Incandescent Dimmersa. Provide single-pole and 3-way incandescent dimmers in 600

Watts and 1000 Watts capacities.b. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switch

location.c. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switch

location.3. Electronic (Solid State) Low Voltage (ELV) Transformer Dimmers

a. Provide ELV dimmers for direct control of up to 300 watts of electronic low voltage load.

b. Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifically designed to control the input of electronic (solid state) low voltage transformers. Dimmers using standard phase control shall not be acceptable.

DIVA CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Scope: Provide, install and test all switches, dimmers and relateddevices as specified herein for the areas indicated on the drawings,specifications, and load schedules.

B. Related Sections: Section 16580 (Ballasts), Section 16570 (DimmingSystems).

1.02 REFERENCES

A. UL 20, UL 1472, CSA, NOM, ISO 9001

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

A. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted switches and dimmersB. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted fan-speed controlsC. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted receptaclesD. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted data, voice and cable jacksE. Screwless, seamless wallplates

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit manufacturer's standard catalog data giving all application,wiring, and installation information on basic components andwallplate kits. Provide test data and/or samples as required todemonstrate conformance with PART 2 of this specification.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years continuousexperience in manufacturing wallbox dimming products.

B. Dimmers, switches and Fan-speed controls shall be UL listed, CSAand NOM approved specifically for each required load (i.e., tungsten,electronic low voltage transformer, magnetic low voltagetransformer, and fluorescent). Manufacturer shall provide file card orcertificate upon request. Universal load-type dimmers shall not beacceptable.

C. Manufacturer shall maintain ISO 9001 certification and provide acopy of the certificate upon request.

1.06 WARRANTY

A. All devices shall be covered by a minimum one-year warranty.

PART 2 – EQUIPMENT

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.B. Unless otherwise noted, all basic components (dimmer, fan-speed

control, switch, receptacle, telephone jack and cable TV jack) andwallplate kits shall be provided by one manufacturer.

2.02 EQUIPMENT

A. Controls Lutron Diva Style1. Performance

a. Dimmers shall provide full-range, continuously variable control of light intensity.

b. Wall controls shall fit a decorator wallplate opening with apaddle switch. Dimmers shall have a small, raised slider tothe right of the paddle switch. Controls shall have a glossfinish.


Controls

10

b. Receptacles shall be two pole, three wire ground and rated for 15A at 125VAC. All receptacles shall be NEMA configuration type 5-15R.

c. Ground-fault interrupter receptacles shall be Lutron Clarostyle with two-pole, three-wire ground and rated 15A at 125VAC Configuration shall be of the duplex type with rectangular NEMA WD-6 design. Receptacles shall have a 5 milliampere ground-fault trip level with "test" and "reset"buttons.

3. Telephone Jack and Cable TV Jack Components Lutron Claro Stylea. Contractor shall provide an appropriate barrier (partition) to

isolate jack from high-voltage wiring when ganged with a dimmer, fan-speed control, switch, or receptacle. This complies with NEC Articles 800-3 and 820-13.

b. Telephone jack shall be designed to mate with standard 4- or 6-conductor modular jacks, and be compatible with2, 4, or 6 conductor lines. Telephone jacks shall meetFCC Part 68, paragraph F standards to ensure compatibility with U.S. telephone systems.

c. Cable TV jacks shall be the coaxial type, designed for use with standard 75-Ohm cables.

C. Wallplates Lutron Claro Style1. Wallplates shall be manufactured from durable polycarbonate

plastic with gloss finish, and shall attach to the basic components without using exposed hardware or screws.

2. Multigang wallplates shall provide a continuous, seamless cover for up to six-ganged decorator-style control and accessory combinations with no exposed hardware or screws.

3. Multigang wallplates shall include an adapter plate for proper device alignment and wallplate attachment.

4. Control, accessory and wallplate profiles shall not exceed.30 inches from wall surface to faceplate front surface.

5. To ensure a precise color match between all plastic parts,color variation of any gloss finish control or wallplate shall not exceed a delta E of 1, CIE L*a*b* color units, as defined inASTM E 308-99.

6. Visible parts of dimmers, switches, standard receptacles,cable jacks or any wallplate shall exhibit ultraviolet stability whentested with multiple actinic light sources as defined in ASTM D4674-89.

2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. All dimming controls shall be 100% function tested at the time ofmanufacture. Statistical sampling plan shall not be acceptable.

c. Dimmers shall have a resettable overload protection that automatically shuts off when dimmer capacity is exceeded.Protection methods that are non-resettable or require the device to be removed from the wall to reset shall not be acceptable.

d. Dimmers shall be designed to withstand a short, per UL 1472 section 5.10, between load hot and either neutral or ground without damage to the dimmer.

4. Magnetic Low Voltage (MLV) Transformer Dimmersa. Provide MLV dimmers for direct control of up to 1000 volt

amps of electronic low voltage load.b. Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifically designed to

control and provide a symmetrical AC waveform to the input of magnetic low voltage transformers per UL1472 section 5.11.

c. Dimmers shall not cause a magnetic low voltagetransformer to operate above the transformers ratedoperating current or temperature.

d. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switchlocation.

5. Fluorescent Dimming Ballast Dimmersa. Provide Fluorescent dimmers for direct control of fluorescent

dimming ballasts up to the manufacturers specified rating.b. Dimmers shall be designed to operate the following ballasts.

Dimmers and ballasts shall be produced by the samemanufacturer to ensure proper ballast/control compatibility:1) Hi-lume® Architectural Dimming Ballasts (1% 3-wire)2) Hi-lume® CompactTM Lamp Dimming Ballasts

(5% 3-wire)3) Eco-10TM Lighting Management Dimming Ballasts

(10% 3-wire)4) Tu-Wire™ High Performance Dimming Ballasts

(5% 2-wire)6. Remote dimming modules for high power loads

a. Where lighting loads exceed the full rated capacity of single dimmers, provide a Diva incandescent dimmer driving high power modules. High power module and dimmer shall be from the same manufacturer to ensure compatibility.

b. High power modules shall be remotely mounted.c. High power module shall be rated and UL listed for control of

incandescent, magnetic low voltage, electronic low voltage,fluorescent, and neon/cold cathode loads in increments of 2,000 Watts up to 30,000 Watts.

7. Fan-Speed Controls:a. Fan-speed controls shall be UL Listed, CSA and NOM

approved, Lutron Diva style.b. Quiet fan-speed model shall provide three speed settings

with paddle providing preset on and off.c. Quiet fan-speed control shall provide single-pole/3-way

control of one paddle fan (1.5A max.).B. Accessories Lutron Claro Style

1. Switch Components Lutron Claro Stylea. Switches shall provide on/off control of any 120/277 VAC

load up to 15A. Switches shall be UL Listed as general-use AC switches, Lutron Claro style.

b. Switches shall be available in single-pole, 3-way and 4-way configurations.

2. Receptacle Components Lutron Claro Stylea. All receptacles shall be UL Listed, CSA and NOM approved.

Controls


11

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Contractor shall furnish all devices (dimmers, accessories, &wallplate kits), labor and other services necessary for the properinstallation of the devices as indicated on the drawings and specifiedherein.

B. Contractor shall be responsible for derating dimmer capacity if sidesections are removed.

C. Contractor shall run separate neutral wires in 120/208 VACinstallations.

D. Devices shall be installed utilizing manufacturer's recommendedapplication, wiring and installation instructions.

E. Contractor to provide seamless wallplate covers per specification2.02 for all devices ganged in a common box. Contractor shallprovide barriers within the box where required by code.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, global customerservice and technical hotline available.

B. Supplemental information shall be provided by manufacturer'sInternet site.

Controls

Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.7200 Suter Road • Coopersburg, PA 18036 U.S.A.Made and printed in U.S.A. 03/2003 ©2003

B-42

Str

aig

ht

Bla

de R

ece

pta

cles

All devices listed on this page conform to NEMA WD-1 and WD-6.

Hosp

ita

l G

rad

e G

FCI

Rece

pta

cles

Straight Blade ReceptaclesHospital Grade GFCI Receptacles 2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding 15 & 20A, 125VAC

NEMA5-15R

NEMA5-20R

1595HGW

1.72"

1.25"

2.62"

4.20"

.98"

2095HGW

.98"

1.72"

1.25"

2.62"

4.20"

Features

■ SafeLockTM Protection: if critical components are damaged and ground fault protection is lost, power to receptacle is disconnected.

■ Prevents line-load reversal miswire: no power to the face or downstream receptacles if wired incorrectly.

■ Exceeds UL943 voltage surge requirements; survives 100x the required UL 3kA/6kV voltage surge test cycles.

■ FSUL Listed (Federal Specification WC596).■ Trip indicator light (red LED).■ Side or internal screw-pressure-plate back wire with

#10 – #14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire.■ Two back wire holes per terminal.■ Ground screw has a back wire clamp for

easy installation.

■ 1/4" thinner than competitorsʼ GFCIs; leaves more room for wires in the box.

■ Mounting screws are shipped captive in the device and wall plate for easier installation.

■ High-impact-resistant thermoplastic construction.

■ Extra-long strap.■ Button colors match the device face.■ Dual-direction test and reset buttons.■ Class A rated GFCI.■ Supplied with matching TP26 nylon wall plate.■ Tri-drive screws.

Specifications

■ Supply Voltage: 125VAC, 60 Hz■ Supply Voltage Range: 102-132VAC■ Trip Threshold: 5± 1mA

■ Trip Time: 0.025 sec., nominal per UL Standard■ 20 Amp feed-thru capacity

Catalog Rating NEMANumber A. VAC Color Config. No.

Hospital Grade 15 Amp Duplex GFCI

1595HGI 15 125 Ivory 5-15R • • •1595HGW 15 125 White 5-15R • • •1595HG 15 125 Brown 5-15R • • •1595HGGRY 15 125 Gray 5-15R • • •1595HGRED 15 125 Red 5-15R • • •1595HGLA 15 125 Light Almond 5-15R • • •

Hospital Grade 20 Amp Duplex GFCI

2095HGI 20 125 Ivory 5-20R • • •2095HGW 20 125 White 5-20R • • •2095HG 20 125 Brown 5-20R • • •2095HGGRY 20 125 Gray 5-20R • • •2095HGRED 20 125 Red 5-20R • • •2095HGLA 20 125 Light Almond 5-20R • • •

UL943 UL498 FSUL C22.2 No. 144 C22.2 No. 42 WC596

3rd Party Compliance

For Configurable Solutions, see Page U-1.

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

B-6

Str

aig

ht

Bla

de R

ece

pta

cles


Ext

ra H

ea

vy-

Duty

Hosp

ita

l G

rad

e R

ece

pta

cles

Straight Blade ReceptaclesExtra Heavy-Duty Hospital Grade Receptacles15 & 20A, 125V; 20A, 250V

NEMA5-15R

NEMA5-20R

NEMA6-20R

Rating NEMACatalog Number A. V. Color Config. No.

Duplex Receptacles Back & Side Wire

8200I 15 125 Ivory 5-15R • • •8200W 15 125 White 5-15R • • •8200 15 125 Brown 5-15R • • •8200GRY 15 125 Gray 5-15R • • •8200BK 15 125 Black 5-15R • • •8200RED 15 125 Red 5-15R • • •8200LA 15 125 Light Almond 5-15R • • •8300I 20 125 Ivory 5-20R • • •8300W 20 125 White 5-20R • • •8300 20 125 Brown 5-20R • • •8300GRY 20 125 Gray 5-20R • • •8300BK 20 125 Black 5-20R • • •8300RED 20 125 Red 5-20R • • •8300LA 20 125 Light Almond 5-20R • • •8800I 20 250 Ivory 6-20R • • •8800W 20 250 White 6-20R • • •8800 20 250 Brown 6-20R • • •8800GRY 20 250 Gray 6-20R • • •8800BK 20 250 Black 6-20R • • •8800LA 20 250 Light Almond 6-20R • • •8800RED 20 250 Red 6-20R • • •

LED Illuminated Face Duplex Receptacles Back & Side Wire

8200ILI 15 125 Ivory 5-15R • • •8200ILRED 15 125 Red 5-15R • • •8200ILW 15 125 White 5-15R • • •8300ILI 20 125 Ivory 5-20R • • •8300ILRED 20 125 Red 5-20R • • •8300ILLA 20 125 Light Almond 5-20R • • •8300ILGRY 20 125 Gray 5-20R • • •


FSUL UL498 WC596 C22.2 No. 42

8300I

.900"

3.281"

1.625"

1.104"

2.750"

Features

■ One-piece nickel-plated brass mounting strap with integral ground.

■ Strap tabs wrap around and lock down on face to prevent strap from separating from face and back body.

■ Two drive screws anchor strap to back body and face.■ Exclusive patented feature, circuit label on face

allows permanent circuit identification.■ .040 inch thick, nickel-plated brass, triple-wipe power

contacts for lasting retention.■ Easily accessed break-off, line-contact connecting

tab for fast, easy split-circuit wiring.■ Impact-resistant nylon face and back body.■ Oversized #10 deep tri-drive head brass terminal and

ground screws.

■ Exclusive patented feature, external screw-pressure-plate back wire clamp on ground terminal for faster, easier installation.

■ External nickel-plated screw-pressure-plate back wire clamps with #10 brass terminal screws for visual assurance of a good connection.

■ Line terminals accept #14 – #10 AWG stranded or solid copper clad conductors.

■ Auto-ground clip assures positive ground.■ Illuminated version features exclusive

LED lamp with solder connection for long durable life (10-12 years).

8300ILI

.900"

3.281"

1.625"

1.104"

2.750"

For Configurable Solutions, see Page U-1.

2 Pole, 3 Wire

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

I-6

Turn

lok

® L

ock

ing

Devic

es


20A

NEM

A L

620 &

L720

Industrial Spec Grade Turnlok® Locking Devices20 Amp NEMA L620 & L7202 Pole, 3 Wire 20A, 250V & 277VAC

*AC only.Reference Pages I-37 and I-38 for Accessories.

2.29"

1.19"1.61"

2.37"

3.28"

1.545"

.14"

NEMACatalog Rating Cord Config.Number A. V. Description/Color Diameter No.

Receptacles

L620R 20 250 Single Receptacle L6-20R • • •IGL620R 20 250 Single Receptacle, Orange, L6-20R • • Isolated GroundL720R 20 277* Single Receptacle L7-20R • • •IGL720R 20 277* Single Receptacle, Orange, L7-20R • • Isolated Ground

Connectors IP20 Suitability

L620C 20 250 Black Back, White Front Body .385"-1.150" L6-20R • • •CRL620C 20 250 Yellow Back, White Front Body, .385"-1.150" L6-20R • • •

Corrosion-ResistantL720C 20 277* Black Back, White Front Body .385"-1.150" L7-20R • • •

Plugs IP20 Suitability

L620P 20 250 Black Back, White Front Body .385"-1.150" L6-20P • • •CRL620P 20 250 Yellow Back, White Front Body, .385"-1.150" L6-20P • • • Corrosion-ResistantL720P 20 277* Black Back, White Front Body .385"-1.150" L7-20P • • •

Flanged Inlets & Outlets

L620FI 20 250 Gray Inlet L6-20P • •L620FO 20 250 Gray Outlet L6-20R • •L720FI 20 277* Gray Inlet L7-20P • •L720FO 20 277* Gray Outlet L7-20R • •

FSUL UL498 WC596 CSA


NEMA L6-20R

NEMA L6-20P

NEMA L7-20R

NEMA L7-20P

20A Receptacle

2.20"

3.33"

20A Connector

3.75"2.57"

2.20"

20A Plug

2.09"

ø.187"

1.65"

2.87"

2.09"

1.34"

ø.187"

2.87"

3 HOLES ON ø2.50" C/L@ 120°

20A Flanged Inlet & Outlet

WPG2

4.57"

3.25"

.19" (4 HOLES)

2.85"

1.88"

3.57"

Catalog Number Description Color

Weatherproof Cover

WPG2 Cover for 20 and 30A Turnlok Flanged Inlets and Outlets Gray

Stainless Steel Wall Plate

SS720 Wall Plate for Locking Receptacles 302 S/S

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

A-15

Sw

itches


3rd Party Compliance Catalog Number Rating

Single Pole Three-Way Four-Way A. VAC Color UL20 C22.2 111

Specification Grade Decorator Switches Back & Side Wire

2601347I 2603347I 15 347 Ivory • •2601347W 2603347W 15 347 White • •2601347GRY 15 347 Gray • •2601347LA 15 347 Light Almond • •2621347I 2623347I 2624347I 20 347 Ivory • •2621347W 2623347W 2624347W 20 347 White • •2621347GRY 2623347GRY 20 347 Gray • •2621347BK 2623347BK 20 347 Black • •2621347RED 2623347RED 20 347 Red • •2621347LA 2623347LA 2624347LA 20 347 Light Almond • •Denotes Canadian catalog number. All Canadian products have Combination Slotted/Robertson Head Brass Screws.

Sp

ecifica

tion

Gra

de D

eco

rato

r Sw

itches

2601347

2.620"

4.200"

1.060"

3.531"

4.063"

1.300"

SwitchesSpecification Grade Decorator Switches

15, 120/277 & 347VAC; 20A, 120VAC

2601

2.620"

4.200"

1.060"

3.281"

3.812"

1.300"

2625, 2626, 2629

2.620"

4.200"

1.060"

3.281"

3.812"

1.300"

Features

■ Impact-resistant polycarb back body and frame.■ Cushioned thermoplastic paddle assures smooth,

quiet, long term operation.■ Unique single rocking butterfly contact provides

long term consistent performance with significantly fewer moving parts.

■ Internal screw-pressure-plate back and side wire capability for easy installation with #14 – #10 stranded or solid copper/copper clad wire. Terminals made of high conductivity brass and serrated for maximum wire gripping.

■ Silver alloy contacts integrally formed to the butterfly actuator assures reliable performance.

■ Integral auto-ground clip for positive ground to metal boxes.

■ Tri-drive ground, terminal and mounting screws. All terminal screws backed out, ready-to-install.


Single Pole Double Pole Three-Way Four-Way A. VAC Color UL20 C22.2 111

Specification Grade Decorator Switches Back & Side Wire*2601I 2603I 2604I 15 120/277 Ivory • •2601W 2603W 2604W 15 120/277 White • •2601GRY 2603GRY 15 120/277 Gray • •2601BK 2603BK 15 120/277 Black • •2601LA 2603LA 2604LA 15 120/277 Light Almond • •2621I 2622I 2623I 2624I 20 120/277 Ivory • •2621W 2622W 2623W 2624W 20 120/277 White • •2621 2622 2623 2624 20 120/277 Brown • •2621GRY 2622GRY 2623GRY 2624GRY 20 120/277 Gray • •2621BK 2622BK 2623BK 2624BK 20 120/277 Black • •2621RED 2623RED 2624RED 20 120/277 Red • •2621LA 2622LA 2623LA 2624LA 20 120/277 Light Almond • •

Illuminated Decorator Switches (Lighted when OFF) Back & Side Wire*2625I 2626I 2628I 20 120 Ivory • •2625W 2626W 2628W 20 120 White • •2625 20 120 Brown • •2625LA 2626LA 2628LA 20 120 Light Almond • •

Pilot Lighted Decorator Switches (Lighted when ON) Back & Side Wire*2629I 20 120 Ivory • •2629W 20 120 White • •2629LA 20 120 Light Almond • •

*For Configurable Solutions, see Page U-1.

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

1

The designer dimmer thatmatches your paddle switches.

PRODUCT FAMILY FEATURES

• Large paddle switch with a captive linear-slide dimmer for a standarddesigner wallplate opening

• Full family of products for most lighting sources• Dimmers feature built-in soft-glow nightlight• Uses standard single-pole and 3-way wiring for easy installation in any

home• For more Diva choices, see the new Diva Satin Colors product line

DIMENSIONS

Front Profile

SPECIFICATION SUBMITTAL

CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

Preset Fan-Speed SwitchesDimmers Controls


JOB NAME AREA CONTROLLED

LOCATION JOB NUMBER

TITLE PAGE NO.

SPECIFICATION SERIES STANDARD FEATURES

• Square Law Dimming • RFI suppression• Power-failure memory • Captive linear slider• Electrostatic discharge tested • Precise color matching• Mechanical air-gap switch to disconnect load powerLutron controls are rated at 120VAC, 60Hz unless otherwise noted.

Controls www.lutron.com/diva

Soft glownightlight

Select lightlevel withslider

Switch on to selectedlightlevel/off

Preset Dimmer

Preset Fan-SpeedControls

1.31" *(33mm)

2.75"(70mm)

2.94"(75mm)

4.69"(119mm)

0.30" (7.6mm)

* some models up to 1.44" (37mm)

Select fanspeed withslider

Switch on to selectedfanspeed/off

Cable TVJack

Single Telephone Jack

15A Receptacle

15A GFCI Receptacle

2-gang to 6-gang wallplates

Telephone/Cable TV Jacks

Standard Multigang Wallplates

Receptacles

Ports

6-Port Frame

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

2


HI-POWER 2•4•6TM DIMMING MODULES

To increase load capacity up to 30,000W/VA in most popular sources, use one DV-600P- or DV-603P- and add up to fivedimming modules. Cannot be used with 0-10VDC ballast.

FAN-SPEED CONTROLSQuiet Controls

For use with one ceiling paddle fan.Preset Fan-Speed Controls 3

Single pole/ 3-way, 1.5A DVFSQ-F-3-speedNote: Does not have soft-glow nightlight. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or other mechanicalswitches.

SWITCHES 3

General Purpose Switching of allSources and Motor Loads

Single pole, 120/277V 15A CA-1PSH-3-way, 120/277V 15A CA-3PSH-4-way, 120/277V 15A CA-4PSH-

ACCESSORIESReceptacles

Receptacle 3

15A, 125V CAR-15H-

GFCI Receptacle 3

15A, 125V CAR-15-GFCIH-

Telephone and Cable Television Jacks

A physical barrier (partition) must exist when ganging with line-voltage productsSingle Telephone Jack 4

6-conductor, RJ11 CA-PJH-Note: Also accepts most 4-conductor plugs.

Cable TV Jack 3, 4

F-STYLE

75-Ohm, coaxial cable jack CA-CJH-



DIMMERS Incandescent

Preset Dimmers with NightlightSingle pole 600W DV-600P-Single pole 1000W DV-10P-3-way 600W DV-603P-3-way 1000W DV-103P-Note: The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro® switches or othermechanical switches.

Electronic Low Voltage

Preset Dimmers with NightlightSingle pole 300W DVELV-300P-3-way 300W DVELV-303P-Note: Requires neutral wire connection. The nightlight is visiblebest on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, usewith Claro switches or other mechanical switches.


Preset Dimmers with NightlightSingle pole 600VA (450W 2) DVLV-600P-Single pole 1000VA (800W 2) DVLV-10P-3-way 600VA (450W 2) DVLV-603P-3-way 1000VA (800W 2) DVLV-103P-Note: The nightlight is visible best on the lighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claro switches or othermechanical switches.

Fluorescent Dimming with Hi-lume® andEco-10TM (ECO-Series) Electronic Ballasts

Preset Dimmers with Nightlight 3

Single pole/ 3-way 8A DVF-103P-Single pole/ 3-way, 277V 6A DVF-103P-277-Note: Use with Lutron Hi-lume or Eco-10 (ECO-Series) line voltage control Electronic Dimming Ballasts only. Requires neutral wire connection. The nightlight is visible best on thelighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claroswitches or other mechanical switches.

Fluorescent Dimming with Tu-Wire®

Electronic Ballasts

Preset Dimmers with NightlightSingle pole/ 3-way 5A DVFTU-5A3P-Note: Use with Lutron Tu-Wire line voltage control electronicdimming ballasts only. The nightlight is visible best on thelighter colors. For 3-way and 4-way switching, use with Claroswitches or other mechanical switches.

1 For capacities in multigang installations see derating pg. 3.

2 Actual lamp wattages.

3 No derating required if ganged.

4 A physical barrier (partition) must exist when ganging with line-voltage products.

Controls

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Text Box

DIMMER FOR L3 CANS

Steve

Text Box

DIMMER FOR FANS

Steve

Text Box

DIMMER FOR 2X4 IN CONF ROOM

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

3 Have Questions? Call the Lutron Hotline 800-523-9466 To order—Call Lutron Customer Service 610-282-3800

Controls

Description Rating Model #

ACCESSORIESField Customizable Multi-Port Frame

6-Port Frame Shipped with 6 blanks CA-6PF-Shown with blanks

Product above: For use with Lutron connectors shown below. Also compatible with HubbleXceleratorTM and snap-fit connectors.

Connectors For use with 6-port frame (CA-6PF-). Each connector fills one port.


Phone Jack 8-conductor, RJ45, Category 5e CON-1P-C5E-WH


Fiber Jack MT-RJ Feed-Through CON-1F-MTRJ-WH

Fiber Jack SC Simplex CON-1F-SC-WH

Fiber Jack LC Non-Flush Mount CON-1F-LC-WH

Fiber Jack ST Style CON-1F-ST-WH

Cable Jack F-Style, 75-Ohm Coaxial cable CON-1C-WH

BNC Jack BNC connector CON-1B-WH

Connectors available in white (WH) only. For information about additional colors contact LutronCustomer Service.

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

4

DERATING/MAXIMUM CAPACITY

No side One side Two sidesections section sectionsremoved removed removed(Full Capacity) (End Units) (Middle Unit)

Incandescent Dimmers

600W 500W 400W1000W 800W 650W

Electronic Low Voltage 1

300W 250W 200W


600VA 500VA 400VA(450W 2) (375W 2) (300W 2)

1000VA 800VA 650VA(800W 2) (650W 2) (500W 2)

Fluorescent

Hi-lume/Eco-10 20ballasts/8A No derating required (ECO-Series)Tu-Wire 3 5A 4A 3.3A

Fan-Speed Controls

1.5A No derating required

1 Requires 40W minimum load.

2 Actual lamp wattage.

3 Minimum capacity: 2 ballasts/0.25A

Description Model #

STANDARD WALLPLATES

1-Gang 2.94”W (75mm) x 4.69”H (119mm) x 0.30”D (7.6mm)

CW-1-


CW-2-


CW-3-




STANDARD COLORS/FINISHES

Gloss Finishes (Ships in 48 hours)Add color/finish suffix to model number to order.Example: DV-600P-WHWH WhiteIV IvoryAL AlmondLA Light AlmondGR GrayBR BrownBL Black


Controls

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

5


DVELV-303P-CA-3PS-

Wiring Diagram 53-Way Used as Single Pole Model #

DVELV-303P-

WIRING DIAGRAMS


DV-600P-DV-10P-DVLV-600P-DVLV-10P-CA-1PSH-

Wiring Diagram 2Single-Pole Wiring of 3-Way Control Model #

DVFSQ-F-DVLV-103P-DVLV-603P-DV-103P-DV-603P-


DVELV-300P-


Neutral

Black *


Black or Red *Hot

120VAC60Hz

Lighting Load or FanGreen **

**or Brass screw terminal**or Green screw terminal

Ground

Wire Connectors

Control Load Side

Neutral

YellowHot


*

Red***

Lighting Load

3-WaySwitch

3-WayDimmer

Neutral

YellowHot


Red

RedLighting Load

3-WayDimmer

Ground

Wire Connectors



Ground

Wire Connectors

Green ***

Neutral

Black *

Red **†

Red **Hot

120VAC60Hz


Ground

Wire Connectors

***or Copper/Black screw terminal***or Brass screw terminal***or Green screw terminal † or Red/White stripe (cap off)


Red or Yellow

Green White

Neutral

Black


Hot

120VAC60Hz


Ground

Wire Connectors

Controls

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

6

WIRING DIAGRAMS


DV-603P-DV-103P-DVLV-603P-DVLV-103P-DVFSQ-F-CA-3PSH-


DV-603P-DV-103P-DVLV-603P-DVLV-103P-DVFSQ-F-CA-3PSH-CA-4-PSH-


Control Line Side 3-Way

Switch




Neutral

Red *

Red *†

Green *** *** *** Green ***

Black **Hot

120VAC60Hz

3-WaySwitch


Neutral

Red *

Red *†

Black **Hot

120VAC60HzOR

Control Load Side

Ground

Wire Connectors* ** **

*

*

*

***or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal***or Copper/Black *** screw terminal***or Green screw *** terminal † or Red/White stripe

Control Line Side

Control Load Side

Black ** Red * *

Red *† *

*

*

** **

**

Red *†*

Neutral

Hot

Green *** ***120VAC60Hz

3-Way Dimmer/Switchor Fan-SpeedControl

4-WaySwitch


3-WaySwitch

Neutral

Hot

Green ***120VAC60Hz

** *

*

*

**

** Black **Red *

4-WaySwitch


3-WaySwitch

3-WayDimmer/Switch or Fan-SpeedControl

OR

Ground

Wire Connectors

***or Copper/Black *** screw terminal***or Brass/Gold *** screw terminal***or Green *** screw terminal † or Red/White stripe

Controls

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

7

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Wiring Diagram 8Single-Pole Wiring of a 3-Way Control Model #

DVF-103P-DVF-103P-277-


DVF-103P-DVF-103P-277-CA-3PSH-


Green

120VACor277VAC60Hz


Dimmer

Orange or Brown **

White *

BlackBlack

Orange or Brown **

White *

Yellow or Orange

Black

Blue RedHot

Neutral

White

Violet or Blue*** must use lamp ***disconnect sockets ***with magnetic ***dimming ballasts*** or Yellow/Blue or ***Yellow/Green when ***used with magnetic ***dimming ballasts

Dimming Ballast

Dimming Ballast

Ground

Wire Connectors


Control Load Side

* 3-Way switch must be wired on line side of dimmer** must use lamp disconnect sockets with magnetic dimming ballasts*** or Yellow/Blue or Yellow/Green when used with magnetic dimming ballasts † † or Copper/Black screw terminal † † or Brass/Gold screw terminal

GreenGreen

120VACor277VAC60Hz


Dimmer3-Way Switch*

Orange or Brown ***

White **

Black

Orange or Brown ***

White **

Black

RedHot

Neutral

White

Violet or Blue

Yellow or Orange

Blue† † †

†

Dimming Ballast

Dimming Ballast

Ground

Wire Connectors


Controls


DVFTU-5A3P-


DVTU-5A3P-CA-3PSH-Black**Black

Green


Neutral

Red*

RedDimmer

Black

White**

Hot

120VAC60Hz

Tu-Wire™Ballast

Ground

Wire Connectors

Black**Black


White**Green

Neutral

Red*

RedDimmer

3-way Switch

BlackHot

Green120VAC60Hz

Ground

Wire Connectors

Tu-Wire™Ballast

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

8

WIRING DIAGRAMS

Wiring Diagram 12Cable TV Jack Wiring Model #

CA-CJH-

Wiring Diagram 13Telephone Jack Wiring Model #

CA-PJH-

Wiring Diagram 14Receptacle Wiring Model #

CAR-15H-

Wiring Diagram 15GFCI Receptacle Wiring Model #

CAR-15-GFCIH-

75-OhmCable 75-Ohm

Cable

Cable TVJack

Ground

Neutral

Hot

Black

White




Black

White

120VAC60Hz

GFCIReceptacle(15A Shown)

NPNP PP PP

Line Load

Wire ConnectorsP-ProtectedNP-Not Protected

Building Ground(To Metal Box)


6-ConductorTelephone Jack*

WireColor

Jack Position

1 White2 Black3 Red4 Green5 Yellow6 Blue

* accepts most 4-conductor jacks

Neutral

Black

Receptacle (15A Shown)

WhiteHot

120VAC60Hz

Nickel Plated Screws

BrassScrews

GreenScrew Ground or

Isolated Ground

Ground

Wire Connectors

Controls

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

9

c. When on, the slider shall change the light level/fan speed.When off, the slider shall preselect the light level/fan speed that the control will turn on to. Paddle switch shall turn lights/fan on to the preselected level, or off.

d. Paddle switch and slider shall be captured internal to the control.

e. 3-Way controls shall be capable of multi-location on and mechanical air-gap off using standard 3-way and 4-way switches. Multi-location switches shall be Claro decorator style with a gloss finish.

f. Dimmer shall be backlit with soft glow locator light.g. Within rated capacity, dimmers shall be available for direct

control of incandescent, magnetic low voltage, electronic low voltage, and fluorescent. Matching fan-speed controls shall also be available.

h. Controls shall be capable of operating at the rated capacity;this includes modified capacities for ganging configurations which require the removal of fins. Operation at rated capacity shall be possible across the full ambienttemperature range, without shortening design lifetime.

i. To ensure a precise color match between all plastic parts,color variation of any gloss finish control shall not exceed a delta E of 1, CIE L*a*b* color units, as defined in ASTM E308-99.

j. Dimmer shall provide smooth and continuous Square Law dimming curve, for the full slider travel, on their rated load per The IESNA Lighting Handbook, 9th edition, p. 27-4.

k. Controls shall meet the applicable requirements of UL 20 and UL 1472 referring to the inclusion of a visible, accessibleair-gap off switch and the limited short circuit test.

l. Controls shall meet ANSI/IEEE Std. C62.41-1980, tested to withstand voltage surges of up to 6000V and current surges of up to 200A without damage.

m. Dimmers shall be designed to reduce interference with radio, audio, and video equipment.

n. Controls shall incorporate power-failure memory. Should power be interrupted and subsequently returned, the lights or fans will come back on to the same levels set prior to the power interruption. Restoration to some other default level isnot acceptable.

o. Controls shall not be susceptible to damage or loss of memory due to static discharge.

p. Controls shall operate in an ambient temperature range of 0°C (32°F) to 40°C (104°F).

q. 3-Way controls shall wire using conventional 3-way and 4-way wire runs.

r. Contractors shall install all backboxes with a minimum wallbox depth of 2.5 inches.

2. Incandescent Dimmersa. Provide single-pole and 3-way incandescent dimmers in 600

Watts and 1000 Watts capacities.b. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switch

location.c. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switch

location.3. Electronic (Solid State) Low Voltage (ELV) Transformer Dimmers

a. Provide ELV dimmers for direct control of up to 300 watts of electronic low voltage load.

b. Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifically designed to control the input of electronic (solid state) low voltage transformers. Dimmers using standard phase control shall not be acceptable.

DIVA CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Scope: Provide, install and test all switches, dimmers and relateddevices as specified herein for the areas indicated on the drawings,specifications, and load schedules.

B. Related Sections: Section 16580 (Ballasts), Section 16570 (DimmingSystems).

1.02 REFERENCES

A. UL 20, UL 1472, CSA, NOM, ISO 9001

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

A. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted switches and dimmersB. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted fan-speed controlsC. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted receptaclesD. Permanently installed, wallbox mounted data, voice and cable jacksE. Screwless, seamless wallplates

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit manufacturer's standard catalog data giving all application,wiring, and installation information on basic components andwallplate kits. Provide test data and/or samples as required todemonstrate conformance with PART 2 of this specification.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years continuousexperience in manufacturing wallbox dimming products.

B. Dimmers, switches and Fan-speed controls shall be UL listed, CSAand NOM approved specifically for each required load (i.e., tungsten,electronic low voltage transformer, magnetic low voltagetransformer, and fluorescent). Manufacturer shall provide file card orcertificate upon request. Universal load-type dimmers shall not beacceptable.

C. Manufacturer shall maintain ISO 9001 certification and provide acopy of the certificate upon request.

1.06 WARRANTY

A. All devices shall be covered by a minimum one-year warranty.

PART 2 – EQUIPMENT

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.B. Unless otherwise noted, all basic components (dimmer, fan-speed

control, switch, receptacle, telephone jack and cable TV jack) andwallplate kits shall be provided by one manufacturer.

2.02 EQUIPMENT

A. Controls Lutron Diva Style1. Performance

a. Dimmers shall provide full-range, continuously variable control of light intensity.

b. Wall controls shall fit a decorator wallplate opening with apaddle switch. Dimmers shall have a small, raised slider tothe right of the paddle switch. Controls shall have a glossfinish.


Controls

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

10

b. Receptacles shall be two pole, three wire ground and rated for 15A at 125VAC. All receptacles shall be NEMA configuration type 5-15R.

c. Ground-fault interrupter receptacles shall be Lutron Clarostyle with two-pole, three-wire ground and rated 15A at 125VAC Configuration shall be of the duplex type with rectangular NEMA WD-6 design. Receptacles shall have a 5 milliampere ground-fault trip level with "test" and "reset"buttons.

3. Telephone Jack and Cable TV Jack Components Lutron Claro Stylea. Contractor shall provide an appropriate barrier (partition) to

isolate jack from high-voltage wiring when ganged with a dimmer, fan-speed control, switch, or receptacle. This complies with NEC Articles 800-3 and 820-13.

b. Telephone jack shall be designed to mate with standard 4- or 6-conductor modular jacks, and be compatible with2, 4, or 6 conductor lines. Telephone jacks shall meetFCC Part 68, paragraph F standards to ensure compatibility with U.S. telephone systems.

c. Cable TV jacks shall be the coaxial type, designed for use with standard 75-Ohm cables.

C. Wallplates Lutron Claro Style1. Wallplates shall be manufactured from durable polycarbonate

plastic with gloss finish, and shall attach to the basic components without using exposed hardware or screws.

2. Multigang wallplates shall provide a continuous, seamless cover for up to six-ganged decorator-style control and accessory combinations with no exposed hardware or screws.

3. Multigang wallplates shall include an adapter plate for proper device alignment and wallplate attachment.

4. Control, accessory and wallplate profiles shall not exceed.30 inches from wall surface to faceplate front surface.

5. To ensure a precise color match between all plastic parts,color variation of any gloss finish control or wallplate shall not exceed a delta E of 1, CIE L*a*b* color units, as defined inASTM E 308-99.

6. Visible parts of dimmers, switches, standard receptacles,cable jacks or any wallplate shall exhibit ultraviolet stability whentested with multiple actinic light sources as defined in ASTM D4674-89.

2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. All dimming controls shall be 100% function tested at the time ofmanufacture. Statistical sampling plan shall not be acceptable.

c. Dimmers shall have a resettable overload protection that automatically shuts off when dimmer capacity is exceeded.Protection methods that are non-resettable or require the device to be removed from the wall to reset shall not be acceptable.

d. Dimmers shall be designed to withstand a short, per UL 1472 section 5.10, between load hot and either neutral or ground without damage to the dimmer.

4. Magnetic Low Voltage (MLV) Transformer Dimmersa. Provide MLV dimmers for direct control of up to 1000 volt

amps of electronic low voltage load.b. Dimmers shall contain circuitry specifically designed to

control and provide a symmetrical AC waveform to the input of magnetic low voltage transformers per UL1472 section 5.11.

c. Dimmers shall not cause a magnetic low voltagetransformer to operate above the transformers ratedoperating current or temperature.

d. Dimmer shall be capable of operating in either 3-way switchlocation.

5. Fluorescent Dimming Ballast Dimmersa. Provide Fluorescent dimmers for direct control of fluorescent

dimming ballasts up to the manufacturers specified rating.b. Dimmers shall be designed to operate the following ballasts.

Dimmers and ballasts shall be produced by the samemanufacturer to ensure proper ballast/control compatibility:1) Hi-lume® Architectural Dimming Ballasts (1% 3-wire)2) Hi-lume® CompactTM Lamp Dimming Ballasts

(5% 3-wire)3) Eco-10TM Lighting Management Dimming Ballasts

(10% 3-wire)4) Tu-Wire™ High Performance Dimming Ballasts

(5% 2-wire)6. Remote dimming modules for high power loads

a. Where lighting loads exceed the full rated capacity of single dimmers, provide a Diva incandescent dimmer driving high power modules. High power module and dimmer shall be from the same manufacturer to ensure compatibility.

b. High power modules shall be remotely mounted.c. High power module shall be rated and UL listed for control of

incandescent, magnetic low voltage, electronic low voltage,fluorescent, and neon/cold cathode loads in increments of 2,000 Watts up to 30,000 Watts.

7. Fan-Speed Controls:a. Fan-speed controls shall be UL Listed, CSA and NOM

approved, Lutron Diva style.b. Quiet fan-speed model shall provide three speed settings

with paddle providing preset on and off.c. Quiet fan-speed control shall provide single-pole/3-way

control of one paddle fan (1.5A max.).B. Accessories Lutron Claro Style

1. Switch Components Lutron Claro Stylea. Switches shall provide on/off control of any 120/277 VAC

load up to 15A. Switches shall be UL Listed as general-use AC switches, Lutron Claro style.

b. Switches shall be available in single-pole, 3-way and 4-way configurations.

2. Receptacle Components Lutron Claro Stylea. All receptacles shall be UL Listed, CSA and NOM approved.

Controls


Steve

Text Box

RETURN

11

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Contractor shall furnish all devices (dimmers, accessories, &wallplate kits), labor and other services necessary for the properinstallation of the devices as indicated on the drawings and specifiedherein.

B. Contractor shall be responsible for derating dimmer capacity if sidesections are removed.

C. Contractor shall run separate neutral wires in 120/208 VACinstallations.

D. Devices shall be installed utilizing manufacturer's recommendedapplication, wiring and installation instructions.

E. Contractor to provide seamless wallplate covers per specification2.02 for all devices ganged in a common box. Contractor shallprovide barriers within the box where required by code.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, global customerservice and technical hotline available.

B. Supplemental information shall be provided by manufacturer'sInternet site.

Controls

Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.7200 Suter Road • Coopersburg, PA 18036 U.S.A.Made and printed in U.S.A. 03/2003 ©2003

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

A-15

Sw

itches



Single Pole Three-Way Four-Way A. VAC Color UL20 C22.2 111

Specification Grade Decorator Switches Back & Side Wire

2601347I 2603347I 15 347 Ivory • •2601347W 2603347W 15 347 White • •2601347GRY 15 347 Gray • •2601347LA 15 347 Light Almond • •2621347I 2623347I 2624347I 20 347 Ivory • •2621347W 2623347W 2624347W 20 347 White • •2621347GRY 2623347GRY 20 347 Gray • •2621347BK 2623347BK 20 347 Black • •2621347RED 2623347RED 20 347 Red • •2621347LA 2623347LA 2624347LA 20 347 Light Almond • •Denotes Canadian catalog number. All Canadian products have Combination Slotted/Robertson Head Brass Screws.

Sp

ecifica

tion

Gra

de D

eco

rato

r Sw

itches

2601347

2.620"

4.200"

1.060"

3.531"

4.063"

1.300"

SwitchesSpecification Grade Decorator Switches

15, 120/277 & 347VAC; 20A, 120VAC

2601

2.620"

4.200"

1.060"

3.281"

3.812"

1.300"

2625, 2626, 2629

2.620"

4.200"

1.060"

3.281"

3.812"

1.300"

Features

■ Impact-resistant polycarb back body and frame.■ Cushioned thermoplastic paddle assures smooth,

quiet, long term operation.■ Unique single rocking butterfly contact provides

long term consistent performance with significantly fewer moving parts.

■ Internal screw-pressure-plate back and side wire capability for easy installation with #14 – #10 stranded or solid copper/copper clad wire. Terminals made of high conductivity brass and serrated for maximum wire gripping.

■ Silver alloy contacts integrally formed to the butterfly actuator assures reliable performance.

■ Integral auto-ground clip for positive ground to metal boxes.

■ Tri-drive ground, terminal and mounting screws. All terminal screws backed out, ready-to-install.


Single Pole Double Pole Three-Way Four-Way A. VAC Color UL20 C22.2 111

Specification Grade Decorator Switches Back & Side Wire*2601I 2603I 2604I 15 120/277 Ivory • •2601W 2603W 2604W 15 120/277 White • •2601GRY 2603GRY 15 120/277 Gray • •2601BK 2603BK 15 120/277 Black • •2601LA 2603LA 2604LA 15 120/277 Light Almond • •2621I 2622I 2623I 2624I 20 120/277 Ivory • •2621W 2622W 2623W 2624W 20 120/277 White • •2621 2622 2623 2624 20 120/277 Brown • •2621GRY 2622GRY 2623GRY 2624GRY 20 120/277 Gray • •2621BK 2622BK 2623BK 2624BK 20 120/277 Black • •2621RED 2623RED 2624RED 20 120/277 Red • •2621LA 2622LA 2623LA 2624LA 20 120/277 Light Almond • •

Illuminated Decorator Switches (Lighted when OFF) Back & Side Wire*2625I 2626I 2628I 20 120 Ivory • •2625W 2626W 2628W 20 120 White • •2625 20 120 Brown • •2625LA 2626LA 2628LA 20 120 Light Almond • •

Pilot Lighted Decorator Switches (Lighted when ON) Back & Side Wire*2629I 20 120 Ivory • •2629W 20 120 White • •2629LA 20 120 Light Almond • •

*For Configurable Solutions, see Page U-1.

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Highlight

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

S U B M I T T A L

Section 16851 – Fire Alarm System

16851 - 1

November 15, 2010

Project: Ball Memorial Hospital Sleep Lab

Muncie, Indiana

Electrical

Contractor: Energy Management Design, Inc.

Muncie, Indiana

Electronic System

Subcontractor: Fairchild Communication Systems, Inc.

Indianapolis, Indiana

Section 16851 –Fire Alarm System

Principal Manufacturers: Notifier

2.2 FACP

Notifier # NFW2-100

Reference: DN-60602:A

2.2.L Secondary Power Batteries

Notifer # BAT-12xxx

Reference: DN-6933:A1

2.3 Manual Fire Alarm Boxes

Notifer # NOT-BG12LX

Reference: DN-7001:C1

2.4.D Duct SmokeDetectors

Notifer # DNR

Reference: dn-60429:b

2.4.D.10 Relay Fan Shutdown

Notifer # NC-100R

Reference: dn-60383:A2

2.5.A.1 Notification Appliances Combination Devices

Notifer # P2R

Reference: DN-7087:B1

2.5.C Visible Alarm Devices

Notifer # SR


2.6 Remote Annunciator

Notifer # N-ANN-80

Reference: dn-7114:c

S U B M I T T A L


16851 - 2

Drawings

(Provided under separate cover)

Installation Notes

(Shown on Drawings)

End

FireWarden-100-2(E) Rev 3Intelligent Addressable FACP with Built-In Communciator

Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel

DN-60602:A

710

1co

v.jp

g

GeneralThe Notifier FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 (NFW2-100 Rev 3) withVersion 5.0 firmware is a combination FACP (Fire AlarmControl Panel) and DACT (Digital Alarm Communicator/Trans-mitter) all on one circuit board. This compact intelligentaddressable control panel has an extensive list of powerfulfeatures.

The SLC (Signaling Line Circuit) of the FireWarden-100-2 Rev3 operates using a Rapid Group Polling communication proto-col technology that polls multiple devices simultaneously for aquicker device response time.This patented technology allowsa fully-loaded panel with up to 198 devices to report an inci-dent and activate the notification circuits in under 10 seconds.With this improved polling, devices can be wired on standardtwisted, unshielded wire up to a distance of 10,000 feet.

The FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3’s quick-remove chassis protectsthe electronics during construction. The backbox can beinstalled allowing field wiring to be pulled. When constructionis completed, the electronics can be quickly installed with justtwo bolts.

New features for Rev 3 with Version 5.0 firmware includeremovable terminal blocks, improved transient protection,additional secondary ANN-BUS, and increased power for theresettable and remote sync outputs.

Available accessories include ANN-BUS devices as well asACS LED, graphic and LCD annunciators, and reverse polar-ity/city box transmitter.

The integral DACT transmits system status (alarms, superviso-ries, troubles, AC loss, etc.) to a Central Station via the publicswitched telephone network. It also allows remote and localprogramming of the control panel using the PS-Tools Upload/Download utility. In addition, the control panel may be pro-grammed or interrogated off-site via the public switched tele-phone network. Any personal computer with Windows® XP orgreater, a compatible modem, and PS-Tools, the Upload/Download software kit, may serve as a Service Terminal. Thisallows download of the entire program or upload of the entireprogram, history file, walktest data, current status and systemvoltages. The panel can also be programmed through theFACP’s keypad or via a standard PS-2 computer keyboard,which can be plugged directly into the printed circuit board.This permits easy typing of address labels and other program-ming information.

Version 5.0 firmware supports the following: Primary and Sec-ondary ANN-bus devices, NP-A100, USB port, NAC circuitdiagnostics, a new report has been added to the walk-test thatlists untested devices, new device types added: audio tele-phone type code for NFV-25/50ZST, Photo Supervisory andauto-resettable Drill (non-latching).

The FireWatch Series internet monitoring modules IPDACT-2and IPDACT-2UD permit monitoring of alarm signals over theInternet saving the monthly cost of two dedicated businesstelephone lines. Although not required, the secondary tele-phone line may be retained providing backup communicationover the public switched telephone line.

NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, the term “FireWarden-100-2” isused in this document to refer to both the FireWarden-100-2 andthe FireWarden-100-2E FACPs (Fire Alarm Control Panels). Like-wise, “NFW2-100” refers to NFW2-100E as well.

Features• Listed to UL standard 864, 9th edition.• On-board DACT.

• Remote site or local USB port upload/download, using PS-Tools.

• Four (4) Style Y (Class B) NAC circuits, which can be con-verted to four (4) Style Z (Class A) circuits with optionalZNAC-92 converter module. (Up to 6.0 amps total NACpower when using optional XRM-24B.)

• Selectable strobe synchronization for System Sensor,Wheelock, and Gentex devices.

• Remote Acknowledge, Silence, Reset and Drill via address-able monitor modules or FDU-80, N-ANN-80 or LegacyACS Annunciators.

• ANN-BUS for connection to following optional modules (cannotbe used if ACS annunciators are used):

– N-ANN-80(-W) Remote LCD Annunciator– N-ANN-I/O LED Driver– N-ANN-S/PG Printer Module

– N-ANN-RLY Relay Module– N-ANN-LED Annunciator Module– N-ANN-RLED Annunciator Module alarms only

– ROME Relay Option Module Enclosure• ACS & Terminal-mode Annunciators:

– ACS Annunciators: Up to 32 Legacy ACM Series annun-ciators (ACM-16AT or ACM-32 series). Cannot be used ifANN-BUS devices are used.

– Terminal-mode Annunciators: Up to 32 Legacy FDU-80annunciators.

• EIA-232 printer/PC interface (variable baud rate) on maincircuit board, for use with optional UL-listed printer PRN-6.

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 1 of 6

• Integral 80-character LCD display with backlighting.

• Real-time clock/calendar with automatic daylight savingscontrol.

• Detector sensitivity test capability (NFPA 72 compliant).• History file with 1,000-event capacity.• Maintenance alert warns when smoke detector dust accu-

mulation is excessive.• Automatic device type-code verification.

• One person audible or silent walk test with walk-test log andprintout.

• Point trouble identification.• Waterflow (nonsilenceable) selection per monitor point.• System alarm verification selection per detector point.

• PAS (Positive Alarm Sequence) and presignal delay perpoint (NFPA 72 compliant).

NOTE: Only detectors may participate in PAS.

SLC LOOP:• SLC can be configured for NFPA Style 4, 6, or 7 operation.• SLC supports up to 198 addressable devices per loop (99

detectors and 99 monitor, control, or relay modules).• SLC loop maximum length 10,000 ft. (3,000 m.).

See installation manual for wire tables.

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS (NACS):• Four onboard NACs with additional NAC capability using

output control modules (NC-100). The four Class B NACscan be converted to four Class A NACs with optional ZNAC-92 converter module.

• Silence Inhibit and Auto Silence timer options.• Continuous, March Time, Temporal or California code for

main circuit board NACs with two-stage capability.• Selectable strobe synchronization per NAC.

• 2.5 amps maximum per each NAC circuit.NOTE: Maximum 24VDC system power output is shared amongall NAC circuits and 24VDC special-application auxiliary poweroutputs. Total available output is 3.0 amps. Using the optionalXRM-24B transformer increases 24VDC output to 6.0 amps.

PROGRAMMING AND SOFTWARE:• Autoprogram (learn mode) reduces installation time.

• Custom English labels (per point) may be manually enteredor selected from an internal library file.

• Three Form-C relay outputs (two programmable).• 99 software zones.• Continuous fire protection during online programming at the

front panel. • Program Check automatically catches common errors not

linked to any zone or input point.• OFFLINE PROGRAMMING: Create the entire program in

your office using a Windows®-based software package(NFW2-100 requires PS-Tools Programming software,available on www.magni-fire.com). Upload/download sys-tem programming locally to the NFW2-100 Rev 3 in lessthan one minute.

• USB upload/download programming with standard Male-Ato Male-B cable.

User Interface

LED INDICATORS• AC Power (green)• Fire Alarm (red)

• Supervisory (yellow)

• Alarm Silenced (yellow)• System Trouble (yellow)• Maintenance/Presignal (yellow)

• Disabled (yellow)• Battery Fault (yellow)• Ground Fault (yellow)

KEYPAD CONTROLS• Acknowledge/Step• Alarm Silence

• Drill• System Reset (lamp test)• 16-key alpha-numeric pad (similar to telephone keypad)

• 4 cursor keys• Enter

Product Line InformationNFW2-100: FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 198-point addressableFire Alarm Control Panel, one SLC loop. Includes 80-characterLCD display, single printed circuit board mounted on chassis,and cabinet. 120 VAC operation.

NFW2-100R: Same as NFW2-100, except in a red backbox.

NFW2-100E: Same as NFW2-100, except with 240 VAC oper-ation.

4XTM Reverse Polarity Transmitter Module: Providessupervised output for local energy municipal box transmitter,alarm, and trouble.

ZNAC-92: Optional converter module which converts four (4)Style Y (Class B) NAC circuits to four (4) Style Z (Class A) cir-cuits.

VFWARDEN-CD: Contains PS-Tools Programming softwarefor Windows®-based PC computer (cable not included), avail-able on www.magni-fire.com.

DP-9692B: Optional dress panel for FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3.

TR-CE-B: Optional trim Ring for semi-flush mounting.

BB-26: Battery backbox, holds up to two 26 AH batteries andCHG-75.

NFS-LBB: Battery box, houses two 55 AH batteries.

CHG-75: Battery charger for lead-acid batteries with a ratingof 25 to 75 AH.

CHG-120: Remote battery charging system for lead-acid bat-teries with a rating of 55 to 120 AH. Requires additional NFS-LBB for mounting.

NOTE: CHG-120 or CHG-75 required for batteries larger than18AH.

BAT Series: Batteries, see data sheet DN-6933.

XRM-24B(E): Optional transformer. Increases system poweroutput to 6.0 amps. Use XRM-24BE with FireWarden-100-2ERev 3.

PRT/PK-CABLE: Cable printer/personal computer interfacecable; required for printer or for local upload/download pro-gramming and updating panel firmware.

PRN-6: UL listed compatible event printer. Uses tractor-fedpaper.

IPDACT-2/2UD, IPDACT Internet Monitoring Module:Mounts in bottom of enclosure with optional mounting kit (PNIPBRKT). Connects to primary and secondary DACT tele-phone output ports for internet communications over customerprovided ethernet internet connection. Requires compatible

Page 2 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

Teldat VisorALARM Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCPor static IP. (See data sheet DN-60408 for more information.)

IPBRKT: Mounting kit for IPDACT-2/2UD in common enclo-sure.

IPSPLT: Y-adaptor option allows connection of both paneldialer outputs to one IPDACT-2/2UD cable input.

COMPATIBLE ANNUNCIATORSN-ANN-80(-W): LCD Annunciator is a remote LCD annuncia-tor that mimics the information displayed on the FACP LCDdisplay. Recommended wire type is un-shielded. (Basic modelis black; order -W version for white; see DN-7114.)

N-ANN-LED: Annunciator Module provides three LEDs foreach zone: Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory. Ships with red orblack enclosure (see DN-60242).

N-ANN-RLED: Provides alarm (red) indicators for up to 30input zones or addressable points. (See DN-60242).

N-ANN-RLY: Relay Module, which can be mounted inside thecabinet, provides 10 programmable Form-C relays. (See DN-7107.)

ROME-B: Relay Option Module Enclosure (order ROME-B forblack or ROME for red). Provides one N-ANN-RLY Relay Mod-ule already installed. The ROME Series provides mountingspace for one additional Relay Module or one addressableMulti-module. (See Installation Sheet PN 53530.)

N-ANN-S/PG: Serial/Parallel Printer Gateway module pro-vides a connection for a serial or parallel printer. (See DN-7103.)

N-ANN-I/O: LED Driver Module provides connections to auser supplied graphic annunciator. (See DN-7105.)

ACM-8R: Relay module provides 8 Form-C 5.0 amp relays.

ACM Annunciator Series: LED-type fire annunciators capa-ble of providing up to 99 software zones of annunciation. Avail-able in increments of 16 or 32 points to meet a variety ofapplications.

LDM Graphic Series: Lamp Driver Module series for use withcustom graphic annunciators.

FDU-80 (Liquid Crystal Display) point annunciator: 80-char-acter, backlit LCD-type fire annunciators capable of displayingEnglish-language text.

NOTE: For more information on Compatible Annunciators for usewith the FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3, see the following data sheets(document numbers) ACM-8R (DN-3558), ACS/ACM Series (DN-0524), LDM Series (DN-0551), FDU-80 (DN-6820).

COMPATIBLE ADDRESSABLE DEVICESAll feature a polling LED and rotary switches for addressing.

NI-100: Addressable low-profile ionization smoke detector.

NP-100: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector.

NP-100T: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detec-tor with thermal sensor.

NP-100R: Addressable remote test capable detector for usewith DNR(W) duct smoke detector housings.

NH-100: Fast-response, low-profile heat detector.

NH-100R: Fast-response, low-profile heat detector with rate-of-rise option.

NH-100H: Fixed high-temperature detector that activates at190F/88C.

NP-A100: Addressable low-profile multi-sensor detector.

DNR: Innovair Flex low-flow non-relay duct-detector housing.Order NP-100R separately.

DNRW: Innovair Flex low-flow non-relay duct-detector hous-ing, with NEMA-4 rating. Watertight. (Order NP-100R sepa-rately.)

NMM-100: Addressable Monitor Module for one zone of nor-mally-open dry-contact initiating devices. Mounts in standard4.0" (10.16 cm.) box. Includes plastic cover plate and end-of-line resistor. Module may be configured for either a Style B(Class B) or Style D (Class A) IDC.

NDM-100: Dual Monitor Module. Same as NMM-100 except itprovides two Style B (Class B) only IDCs.

NMM-100P: Miniature version of NMM-100. Excludes LEDand Style D option. Connects with wire pigtails. May mount indevice backbox.

NZM-100: Similar to NMM-100, but may monitor up to 20 con-ventional two-wire detectors. Requires resettable 24 VDCpower. Consult factory for compatible smoke detectors.

NC-100: Addressable Control Module for one Style Y/Z (ClassB/A) zone of supervised polarized Notification Appliances.Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) electrical box. NotificationAppliance Circuit option requires external 24 VDC to powernotification appliances.

NC-100R: Addressable relay module containing two isolatedsets of Form-C contacts, which operate as a DPDT switch.Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) box, surface mount usingthe SMB500.

NOT-BG12LX: Addressable manual pull station with interfacemodule mounted inside.

N100-ISO: Fault Isolator Module. This module isolates theSLC loop from short circuit conditions (required for Style 6 or 7operation).

SMB500: Used to mount all modules except the NMM-100P.

NMM-100-10: Ten-input monitor module. Mount one or twomodules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional). Mount up to six mod-ules on a CHS-6 chassis in a BB-25.

NZM-100-6: Six-zone interface module for compatible conven-tional two-wire detectors. Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6chassis in a BB-25.

NOTE: For more information on Compatible Addressable Devicesfor use with the FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3, see the following datasheets (document numbers): N100-ISO (DN-6994), NP-100 series(DN-6995), NI-100 (DN-6996), NH-100 series (DN-6997), ND-100series (DN-7006), NP-A100 (DN-6998), NMM-100/NMM-100P/NDM-100/NZM-100 (DN-6999), NC-100/NC-100R (DN-7000),NOT-BG12LX (DN-7001), NMM-100-10 (DN-6990), and NZM-100-6 (DN-60150).

Wiring RequirementsWhile shielded wire is not required, it is recommended that allSLC wiring be twisted-pair to minimize the effects of electricalinterference. Wire size should be no smaller than 18 AWG(0.78 mm²) and no larger than 12 AWG (3.1 mm²). The wiresize depends on the length of the SLC circuit. Refer to thepanel manual for wiring details.

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 3 of 6

604

17sy

s20

09.w

mf

ANNUNCIATORSACS/ACM, LDM

ANN-BUS DEVICESN-ANN-80, N-ANN-LED, N-ANN-S/PG, N-ANN-I/O

ANN-BUSorEIA-485in ACS mode(two wires)

8 FORM-C, 5-AMP RELAYS (optional, order ACM-8R)

OptionalREVERSE POLARITY/CITY BOX OUTPUT(4XTM)

NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits)BELLS, SIGNALS, STROBES

EIA-232 INTERFACE(PIM-24) built into the motherboard

FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3Fire Alarm Control/Communicator

NOTE: System can use either ANN-BUS devices OR ACS-mode annunciators. They cannot be used simultaneously.

NOTE: System can use either the printer OR the FDU-80. They cannot be used simultaneously.

EIA-485INTERFACE

(four wires)

FDU-80Up to 6,000 ft. (1825.8 m) between each FDU-80 in the EIA-485 loop, and between each FDU-80 and the FACP.

DUCT DETECTORSND-100, ND-100R, DNR

HEAT DETECTORSNH-100, NH-100R, NH-100H

SMOKE DETECTORSNP-100, NP-100T, NI-100, NP-A100

MONITOR/CONTROLNMM-100, NZM-100, NDM-100, N100-ISO,

NC-100, NC-100R

ADDRESSABLE MULTI-MODULE

NZM-100-6, NMM-100-10

MINI-MONITORNMM-100P

PULL STATIONNOT-BG12LX

PRINTER

24 VDC

24 VDC

Page 4 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 5 of 6

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

FireWarden® and Notifier® are registered trademarks of HoneywellInternational Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of theMicrosoft Corporation.©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.

System Capacity• Intelligent Signalling Line Circuits....................................... 1 • Addressable device capacity .......................................... 198• Programmable software zones ......................................... 99

• ACS Annunciators ............................................................ 32• ANN-bus devices.............................................................. 16

Electrical SpecificationsAC Power: FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.0amps. FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3(E): 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.5 amps.Wire size: minimum 14 AWG (2.00 mm²) with 600 V insulation.

Battery: Two 12 V 18AH lead-acid batteries. Battery charger capacity: 7 – 18 AH. FireWarden-100-2 Rev3 cabinet holds maximum of two 18 AH batteries.

Communication Loop: Supervised and power-limited.

Notification Appliance Circuits: Each terminal block pro-vides connections for two Style Y (Class B) for a total of fourStyle Y (Class B) or with an optional ZNAC-92 module con-verts to four Style Z (Class A) NACs. Maximum signaling cur-rent per circuit: 2.5 amps. End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm, 1/2watt (P/N 71252 UL listed) for Style Y (Class B) NAC. Refer topanel documentation and Notifier Device Compatibility Docu-ment for listed compatible devices.

Two Programmable Relays and One Fixed Trouble Relay: Contact rating: 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC (resistive), 0.5 amps @ 30VAC (resistive). Form-C relays.

Special Application Power (24 VDC Nominal): Jumperselectable (JP4) for conversion to resettable power output. Upto 1.0 amp total DC current available from each output. Power-limited.

Four-Wire Resettable Special Application Smoke DetectorPower (24 VDC nominal): Up to 1.0 amp for powering four-wire smoke detectors. Power-limited. Refer to the NotifierDevice Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices.

Remote Sync Output: Remote power supply synchronizationoutput. Nominal special application power: 24 VDC. Maximumcurrent: 300 mA. End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm. Outputlinked to NAC 1 control. Supervised and power-limited.

Telephone Interface: Unless used with Teldat VISORALARM,requires dedicated business telephone number with a mini-mum of 5 volts DC (off-hook voltage). Obtain dedicated phoneline directly from your local phone company. Do not use sharedphone lines or PBX (digital) type phone line extensions.

Cabinet SpecificationsDoor: 19.26" (48.92 cm.) high x 16.82" (42.73 cm.) wide x0.12" (.30 cm.) deep. Backbox: 19.00" (48.26 cm.) high x16.65" (42.29 cm.) wide x 5.20" (13.34 cm.) deep. Trim Ring(TR-CE-B): 22.00" (55.88 cm.) high x 19.65" (49.91 cm.) wide.

Shipping SpecificationsWeight: 26.9 lbs. (12.20 kg.) Dimensions: 20.00” (50.80 cm.)high x 22.5” (57.15 cm.) wide x 8.5” (21.59 cm.) deep.

Temperature and Humidity RangesThis system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0 –49°C/32 – 120°F and at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH(noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, theuseful life of the system's standby batteries and the electroniccomponents may be adversely affected by extreme tempera-ture ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended thatthis system and its peripherals be installed in an environmentwith a normal room temperature of 15 – 27°C/60 – 80°F.

NFPA StandardsThe FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 complies with the followingNFPA 72 Fire Alarm Systems requirements:

– LOCAL (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and SprinklerSupervisory).

– AUXILIARY (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) (requires4XTM).

– REMOTE STATION (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow andSprinkler Supervisory) (Where a DACT is not accepted,the alarm, trouble and supervisory relays may be con-nected to UL 864 listed transmitters. For reverse polaritysignaling of alarm and trouble, 4XTM is required.)

– PROPRIETARY (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow andSprinkler Supervisory).

– CENTRAL STATION (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow andSprinkler Supervisory).

– OT, PSDN (Other Technologies, Packet-switched DataNetwork)

Agency Listings and ApprovalsThe listings and approvals below apply to the basic FireWar-den-100-2 Rev 3 control panel. In some cases, certain mod-ules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listingmay be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.

• UL Listed: S635• FM approved

• CSFM: 7165-0028:235For ULC-listed version, see DN-60600.

Page 6 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

Made in the U.S. A.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate.

We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

For more information, contact Notifier. Phone: (203) 484-7161, FAX: (203) 484-7118.www.notifier.com

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 1 of 10

BAT Series BatteriesSealed Lead-Acid or Gell Cell

Power Supplies

DN-6933:A1 • E-205

GeneralBAT Series Batteries feature a new part-numbering/listing sys-tem — providing an improved method of delivery for NOTIFIER-approved sealed lead-acid batteries for all your fire alarm sys-tem needs. Multiple brands of batteries are now offered undergeneric part numbers, reducing backorder situations and permit-ting us to deliver these products in a more timely fashion. NOTI-FIER has approved the multiple brands listed below as possibleproduct shipped for a given part number. Please note that anyincoming orders for “PS Series” batteries will be converted tothe equivalent BAT Series part numbers.

Features• Provide secondary power for control panels.• Sealed and maintenance-free.• Overcharge protected.• Easy handling with leakproof construction.• Ruggedly constructed, high-impact case (ABS, polystyrene,

or polypropylene, depending on models).• Long service life.• Compact design.

.

Agency Listings and ApprovalsThe listings and approvals below apply to BAT Series Batteries.In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certainapproval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factoryfor latest listing status.

• UL Recognized Components: files MH19884 (B & B Bat-tery), MH20567 (UPG, previously Jolt), MH20845 (Power-Sonic).

6933cov.jpg

Part Number Reference

CURRENTPart

NumberBATTERY

DESCRIPTIONALTERNATES APPROVED:

manufacturers and P/Nsshipped under BAT P/Ns

BAT-1250 12 V, 5 AH, sealed.BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic); SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG).




BAT-12180 12 V, 18 AH, sealed.PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG).



BAT-12550 12 V, 55 AH, sealed.PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12550 (UPG).


BAT-121000 12 V, 100 AH, gell cell.PS-121000 (Power-Sonic); XSA121000A (Jolt) to be replaced with UB121000 (UPG).

of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

POWER-SONIC 1109t1.tbl

Characteristic Discharge Curves Effect of Temperature on Capacity

1109

grf1

.tif

1109

grf2

.wm

f

1109

grf3

.wm

f

1109

grf4

.wm

f

at left:PS-1210000DischargeCharacteristics

at left:PS-121000Shelf-Lifeand Storage


MODEL Nominal Voltage V

Nominal Capacity @ 20 hr. rate A.H.

Discharge Current @20 hr. rate mA

DIMENSIONS

Width Depth Height Height over terminal Weight

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg.

PS-1250 12 5 250 3.54 90 2.76 70 4.02 102 4.21 107 4.1 1.9

PS-1270 12 7 325 5.94 151 2.56 65 3.7 94 3.86 98 5.7 2.6

PS-12120 12 12 600 5.94 151 3.86 98 3.7 94 3.86 98 8.8 4

PS-12180 12 18 875 7.13 181 2.99 76 6.57 167 6.57 167 12.8 5.8

PS-12250 12 25 1300 6.89 175 6.54 166 4.92 125 4.92 125 18.7 8.5

PS-12550 12 55 3000 10.25 260 6.6 168 8.2 208 9.45 240 39.7 18

PS-121000 12 100 5000 12 305 6.6 168 8.2 208 9.45 240 65.7 29.8

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 3 of 10

Charging Procedure

Application Charging methodCharging voltage at

20°C (V/cell)

Temperature compensation coefficient of

charging voltage (mV/°C/cell)

Maximum charging current

(CA)

Charging time 0.1 CA, 20°C (h)

Temp (°C)100% discharge

50% discharge

For standby power source

Constant voltage and constant current charging (with current restriction)

2.25 ~ 2.30 – 3 0.3 24 200 – 40°C

(32 ~104°F)For cycle service 2.40 ~ 2.50 – 4 0.3 16 10

Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed when using the batteries within 5°C to 35°C range.

Final Voltage

Discharge Time: for Model BP5-12

5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min 1 hr 3 hr 5 hr 10 hr 20 hr

Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP5-12

10.80 V 180.8 133.1 106.6 63.5 36.39 14.57 10.05 5.62 2.94

10.50 V 209.2 144.2 111.5 65.9 37.48 14.87 10.20 5.70 3.00

10.20 V 222.3 149.4 115.0 67.4 38.16 15.00 10.26 5.73 3.01

9.90 V 232.3 152.9 117.6 68.3 38.61 15.10 10.29 5.75 3.02

9.60 V 240.0 156.0 120.0 69.0 39.0 15.20 10.32 5.75 3.02

Final Voltage




10.80 V 253.1 186.3 149.3 88.8 50.95 20.40 14.07 7.86 4.11

10.50 V 292.9 201.8 156.2 92.2 52.47 20.81 14.28 7.98 4.20

10.20 V 311.2 209.1 161.0 94.3 53.42 21.00 14.36 8.02 4.22

9.90 V 325.2 214.1 164.7 95.6 54.06 21.15 14.41 8.04 4.23

9.60 V 336.0 218.4 168.0 96.6 54.60 21.27 14.45 8.04 4.23

Final Voltage




10.80 V 433.9 319.4 256.0 152.3 87.34 34.98 24.12 13.48 7.05

10.50 V 502.2 346.0 267.7 158.1 89.96 35.68 24.48 13.68 7.20

10.20 V 533.6 358.5 276.0 161.7 91.57 36.00 24.61 13.75 7.23

9.90 V 557.5 367.1 282.4 164.0 92.67 36.25 24.70 13.79 7.25

9.60 V 576.0 374.4 288.0 165.6 93.60 36.47 24.77 13.79 7.25

Final Voltage




10.80 V 940.0 692.0 554.6 330.0 189.23 75.79 52.25 29.20 15.26

10.50 V 1088.0 749.7 580.0 342.5 194.91 77.30 53.04 29.64 15.60

10.20 V 1156.0 776.7 598.0 350.3 198.41 78.00 53.33 29.79 15.67

9.90 V 1208.0 795.3 611.8 355.2 200.79 78.54 53.52 29.88 15.71

9.60 V 1248.0 811.2 624.0 358.8 202.80 79.01 53.68 29.88 15.71

B & B BATTERY

Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F

for BP5-12


for BP7-12


for BP12-12


for BP26-12

Model VNominal Capacity (AH) Weight

Terminal Dimensions

Standard Optional L W H TH

20 hr 10 hr 5 hr 1 hr kg lbs Type Pos. Type Pos. mm in mm in mm in mm in

BP5-12 12 5.00 4.75 4.25 3.00 1.86 4.10 T1 3 T2 90 3.54 70 2.76 102 4.02 106 4.17

BP7-12 12 7.00 6.65 5.95 4.20 2.60 5.73 T2 5 T1 151 5.94 65 2.56 93 3.66 98 3.86

BP12-12 12 12.00 11.40 10.20 7.20 4.03 8.89 B1 5 T1 151 5.94 98 3.86 94 3.70 98 3.86

BP26-12 12 26.00 24.70 22.10 15.60 9.40 20.73 B1 7 T2.I1 9 175 6.89 166 6.54 125 4.92 125 4.92

of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

B & B BATTERYBP5-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)

BP12-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)



BP05dis.tif

BP12dis.tif

BP26dis.tif

BP07dis.tif

6933

bp12

.jpg

6933

bp26

.jpg

6933

bp05

.jpg

BP05-12BP12-12

BP26-12

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 5 of 10

UPG BATTERYUB1250 has the same specifications as previous Jolt SA1250;SA1272 to be replaced with UB1270 (specs/diagrams pending).

UB1250 (previously SA1250) DiagramsUB1250/SA1250 discharge current vs. time

UB1250/SA1250 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

UB1250, SA1250 Specifications• Nominal voltage: 12 V.• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 5.0 AH.• Dimensions: total height 107 mm (4.21"); container height

101 mm (3.98"); length 90 mm (3.54"); width 70 mm (2.76").• Weight: approximately 1.83 kg (4.03 lbs).• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 32 m.• Discharge capacity under different temperatures:

40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%

• Capacity 25°C/77°F:20 hr @ 0.25 A: 5.0 AH.5 hr @ 0.8 A: 4.0 AH.1 hr @ 3.0 A: 3.0 AH.1 C @ 5.0 A: 2.5 AH.

• Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F):Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V.Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V.

• Maximum discharge current: 60 A (5 sec).• Maximum charging current: 1.5 A.• Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):

After 3 months: ~ 90%.After 6 months: ~ 82%.After 12 months: ~ 70%.

6933up01.tif

6933up02.tif

SA1272 DiagramsSA1272 discharge current vs. time

SA1272 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

SA1272 Specifications• Nominal voltage: 12 V.• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 7.2 AH.• Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94

mm (3.70"); length 151 mm (5.95"); width 65 mm (2.56").• Weight: approximately 2.66 kg (5.85 lbs).• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 22 m.• Discharge capacity under different temperatures:

40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up03.tif

6933up04.tif

of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

UPG BATTERYSame specifications as previous Jolt models;packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB12120 (was SA12120) DiagramsUB12120/SA12120 discharge current vs. time


UB12120, SA12120 Specifications• Nominal voltage: 12 V.• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 12.0 AH.• Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94


40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%



Maximum discharge current: 120 A (5 sec).

Maximum charging current: 3.6 A.

Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):


6933up05.tif

6933up06.tif





40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up07.tif

6933up08.tif

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 7 of 10






40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up09.tif

6933up10.tif



UB12550, SA12550 Specifications• Nominal voltage: 12 V.• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 55.0 AH.• Dimensions: total height 234.5 mm (9.23"); container height

216.5 mm (8.52"); length 229 mm (9.02"); width 138 mm (5.43").• Weight: approximately 19.0 kg (41.8 lbs).• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 8 m.• Discharge capacity under different temperatures:

40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up11.tif

6933up12.tif

of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10


UB121000 (XSA121000A) DiagramsUB121000/XSA121000A discharge current vs. time

UB121000/XSA121000A discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

UB121000 (XSA121000A) Diagrams• Nominal voltage: 12 V.• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 100.0 AH.• Dimensions: total height 221 mm (8.70"); container height 214

mm (8.43"); length 329 mm (12.95"); width 172 mm (6.77").• Weight: approximately 34.00 kg (74.8 lbs).• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 6.5 m.• Discharge capacity under different temperatures:

40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%



• Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec).• Maximum charging current: 30 A.• Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):


6933up13.tif

6933up14.tif

UPG Summary DiagramsSummary discharge characteristics

Summary discharge current vs. time curve (25°C/77°F)

6933up15.wmf

6933up16.wmf

6933ub1280.jpg

6933ub12260.jpg

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 9 of 10


Charging Procedure: UPG Battery


25°C (V/cell)




(CA)



50% discharge



2.25 ~ 2.30 – 3.3(–1.8 mV/°F/cell) 0.3 T³ 24 T³ 20

0 – 40°C(32 – 104°F)For cycle ser-

vice 2.40 ~ 2.50 – 5(–2.8 mV/°F/cell) 0.3 16 < T < 24 10 < T < 24


of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

NOTIFIER® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Batteries display trademarks of the manufacturer.©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.




DN-7001:C1 • 8/16/10 — Page 1 of 2

NOT-BG12LXAddressable Manual Pull StationFor FireWarden Series Panels

Intelligent/Addressable Devices

DN-7001:C1 • A1-380

The NOT-BG12LXAddressable Manual Pull Station

6643

cov1

.jpg

GeneralThe Notifier NOT-BG12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual-action(i.e., requires two motions to activate the station) pull stationthat includes an addressable interface for FireWarden seriesintelligent control panels, and the NSP-25 panel. Because theNOT-BG12LX is addressable, the control panel can display theexact location of the activated manual station. This leads firepersonnel quickly to the location of the alarm.

Features• Maintenance personnel can open station for inspection and

address setting without causing an alarm condition.

• Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle ofthe station, flashes in normal operation and latches steadyred when in alarm.

• Handle latches in down position and the word “ACTIVATED”appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated.

• Captive screw terminals wire-ready for easy connection toSLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG/3.25 mm² wire).

• Can be surface mounted (with SB-10 or SB-I/O) or semi-flush mounted. Semi-flush mount to a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box.

• Smooth dual-action design.• Meets ADAAG controls and operating mechanisms guide-

lines (Section 4.1.3[13]); meets ADA requirement for 5 lb.maximum activation force.

• Highly visible.• Attractive shape and textured finish.

• Key reset.• Includes Braille text on station handle.• Optional trim ring (BG12TR).

• Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated SignalingBoxes.

ConstructionShell, door, and handle are molded of durable polycarbonatematerial with a textured finish.

Specifications• Shipping Weight: 9.6 oz. (272.15 g)• Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC.• Maximum SLC loop voltage: 28.0 VDC.

• Maximum SLC loop current: μA.• Temperature Range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)• Relative Humidity: 10% to 93% (noncondensing)

• For use indoors in a dry location

InstallationThe NOT-BG12LX will mount semi-flush into a single-gang,double-gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outletbox, or will surface mount to the model SB-10 or SB-I/O sur-face backbox. If the NOT-BG12LX is being semi-flushmounted, then the optional trim ring (BG12TR) may be used.

The BG12TR is usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4"(10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes).

OperationPushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latchin the down/activated position. Once latched, the word “ACTI-VATED” (in bright yellow) appears at the top of the handle,while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of thestation. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with thekey and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; clos-ing the door automatically resets the switch.

Each manual station, on command from the control panel,sends data to the panel representing the state of the manualswitch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address settings (1 – 99 on NFW2-100/NFW2-100C, 1 – 50 for NFW-50/NFW-50C).

Architectural/Engineering SpecificationsManual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non-coded, with a key-operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and sodesigned that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannotbe restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated sta-tion shall automatically condition itself so as to be visuallydetected as activated. Manual stations shall be constructed ofred-colored polycarbonate material with clearly visible operat-ing instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shallappear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches(2.54 cm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surfacemounting on matching backbox SB-10 or SB-I/O; or semi-flushmounting on a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4"(10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within

of 2 — DN-7001:C1 • 8/16/10

Notifier® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Made in the U.S. A.

the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall beUnderwriters Laboratories listed.

Manual stations shall connect with two wires to one of the con-trol panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on commandfrom the control panel, send data to the panel representing thestate of the manual switch. Manual stations shall provideaddress setting by use of rotary decimal switches.

Product Line InformationNOT-BG12LX: Dual-action addressable pull station. Includeskey locking feature.

NOT-BG12LXA: Canadian Dual-action addressable pull sta-tion. Includes key locking feature.

SB-10: Surface backbox; metal.

SB-I/O: Surface backbox; plastic.

BG12TR: Optional trim ring.

17021: Keys, set of two.

Agency Listings and ApprovalsIn some cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro-cess. Consult factory for latest listing status.

• UL Listed: S692 (listed for Canadian and non-Canadian applications)

• MEA: 67-02-E Vol. IV • CSFM: 7150-0028:0199 • FDNY: • FM Approved Patented: U.S. Patent No. D428,351; 6,380,846; 6,314,772;6,632,108.

dn-60429:b • 03/12/10 — Page 1 of 2

InnovairFlexIntelligent Non-Relay Photoelectric Duct Smoke Detector

Intelligent Devices

dn-60429:b

GeneralThe Notifier InnovairFlex DNR intelligent non-relay photoelectricduct smoke detector and DNRW watertight non-relay photoelec-tric duct smoke detector feature a pivoting housing that fits bothsquare and rectangular footprints capable of mounting to around or rectangular duct.

DNRW duct smoke detector, with its NEMA-4 rating, is listed asa watertight, UV resistant enclosure providing protection againstfalling dirt, rain, and windblown dust, splashing and hosedirected water, allowing operators to use the detector in themost extreme environments.

These units sense smoke in the most challenging conditions,operating in airflow speeds of 100 to 4,000 feet per minute, tem-peratures of -4 degrees F to 158 degrees F, and a humidityrange of 0 to 95 percent (non-condensing.)

An improved cover design isolates the sensor head, whichallows for ease of maintenance. A cover tamper feature indi-cates a trouble signal for a removed or improperly installed sen-sor cover. The Notifier InnovairFlex housing provides a 3/4-inchconduit knockout and ample space to facilitate easy wiring andmounting of a relay module.

The Notifier InnovairFlex duct smoke detector can be custom-ized to meet local codes and specifications without additionalwiring. The new InnovairFlex product line is compatible with allprevious Innovair models, including remote test accessories.

Features• Photoelectric, integrated low-flow technology• Air velocity rating from 100 ft/min to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 m/s to

20.32 m/s)• Versatile mounting options: square or rectangular configura-

tion• Broad ranges for operating temperature (-4F to 158F) and

humidity (0% to 95% non-condensing)• Patented sampling tube installs from front or back of the

detector with no tools required• Cover tamper signal• Increased wiring space with a newly added 3/4” conduit

knockout• Available space within housing to accommodate mounting of

a relay module• Easily accessible code wheels on sensor head (sold sepa-

rately)• Clear cover for convenient visual inspection• Remote testing capability• Requires com line power only• Accommodates the installation of an addressable relay mod-

ule, sold separately, (FRM-1 or NC-100R) for applicationsrequiring a Form-C relay

SpecificationsSize: (Rectangle) 14.38 in (37 cm) Length; 5 in (12.7 cm)Width, 2.5 in (6.6 cm) Depth

Size: (Square) 7.75 in (19.7 cm) Length; 9 in (22.9 cm) Width;2.5 in (6.35 cm) Depth

Weight: 1.6 lb (0.73 kg)

Operating Temperature Range: -4 degrees F to 158 degrees F(-20 degrees C to 70 degrees C)

Storage Temperature Range: -22 degrees F to 158 degrees F(-30 degrees C to 70 degrees C)

Operating Humidity Range: 0% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)

Air Duct Velocity: 100 to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 to 20.32 m/s)

AccessoriesNotifier provides system flexibility with a variety of accessories,including two remote test stations and different means of visibleand audible system annunciation. As with our duct smoke detec-tors, all duct smoke detectors accessories are UL listed.

DNR(W)s with a date code of 0013 or higher do not requireexternal 24VDC for remote test applications when used with aremote-test-capable detector.

ACCESSORY CURRENT LOADS AT 24 VDC

Device Standby Alarm

RA100Z 0mA 12 mA Max

RTS151/RTS151KEY 0mA 12mA Max

intelligent innovairflex.jpg

of 2 — dn-60429:b • 03/12/10

ONYX® and NOTIFIER® are registered trademarks andNOTI•FIRE•NET™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Made in the U.S. A.

Agency Listings and Approvals Consult product manual for lists of compatible UL-Listeddevices. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed bycertain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con-sult factory for latest listing status.

• UL Listed: S911• ULC Listed: S911• CFSM Listed: 3242-1653:209

Product Line InformationNOTE: “A or “CDN” suffix indicates ULC listed model.

DNR(A): Intelligent non-relay photoelectric low flow smokedetector housing. Requires photoelectric smoke detector (soldseparately).

DNRW: Watertight intelligent non-relay photoelectric low flowduct smoke detector housing. Requires photoelectric smokedetector (sold separately). NEMA-4.

FSP-851: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector.

FSP-851R: Remote test capable addressable low-profile photo-electric smoke detector.

NP-100: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detectorfor FireWarden series panels.

NP-100R: Remote test capable addressable low-profile photo-electric smoke detector for FireWarden series panels.

DCOIL: Remote test coil. Required for older DNR(W) ductdetector housing.

DST1(A): Metal sampling tube duct width up to 1 ft (0.3m)

DST1.5(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 1 ft to 2 ft (0.3to 0.6 m)

DST3(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 2 ft to 4 ft (0.6to 1.2 m)


DST10(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 8 ft to 12 ft(2.4 to 3.7 m)

DH400OE-1: Weatherproof enclosure

ETX: Metal exhaust tube duct, width 1 ft (0.3 m)

M02-04-00: Test magnet

P48-21-00: End cap for metal sampling tubes

RA100Z(A): Remote annunciator alarm LED

RTS151(A): Remote test station

RTS151KEY(A): Remote test station with key lock

Important Note• DNRW duct detector housings with a date code of 0013 or

higher do not require a DCOIL or auxiliary 24 VDC for remotetest applications when used with a remote test capabledetector.

• DNRW duct detector housings with a date code of 0012 orearlier require a DCOIL and auxiliary 24 VDC power forremote test applications.

dn-60383:A2 • 06/17/10 — Page 1 of 2

NC-100R(A)Relay Module for FireWarden Series Panels

Addressable

dn-60383:A2

GeneralThe NC-100R(A) Addressable Relay Module provides NOTI-FIER’s FireWarden Series intelligent control panels with twoisolated sets of Form-C dry-contact outputs for activating avariety of auxiliary devices, such as fans, dampers, door hold-ers, control equipment, etc. Addressability allows the dry con-tact to be activated, either manually or through panelprogramming, on a select basis.

Features• Built-in type identification automatically identifies these

devices to the control panel.

• Internal circuitry and relay powered directly by two-wireSLC loop.

• Integral LED “blinks” green each time a communication isreceived from the control panel and turns on in steady whenactivated.

• High noise immunity (EMF/RFI).

• Wide viewing angle of LED.• SEMS screws with clamping plates for wiring ease.• Direct Decade entry of address: 01 – 99 with the FireWar-

den-100-2(C) and 01 – 50 with the FireWarden-50(C).

ApplicationsThe NC-100R(A) may be programmed to operate dry contactsfor door holders, Air Handling Unit shutdown, etc., and to resetfour-wire smoke detector power.

Construction• The face plate is made of off-white heat-resistant plastic.• Controls include two rotary switches for direct-dial entry of

address setting. • The NC-100R(A) provides two Form-C dry contacts that

switch together.

OperationEach NC-100R(A) uses one of the addresses on a SLC loop. Itresponds to regular polls from the control panel and reports itstype and status. The LED blinks with each poll received. Oncommand, it activates its internal relay.

Rotary switches set a unique address for each module. Theaddress may be set before or after mounting. The built-inTYPE CODE (not settable) will identify the module to the con-trol panel.

SpecificationsNormal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC.

Maximum SLC current draw: 6.5 mA (LED).

Average operating current: 230 μA direct poll (CLIP mode),255 μA group poll with LED flashing.

EOL resistance: not used.

Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).

Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing.

Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x2.125" (5.398 mm) deep box.

Relay Contact Ratings

Load Description Application Maximum Voltage

Current Rating

Resistive Non-Coded 30 VDC 3.0 A

Resistive Coded 30 VDC 2.0 A


Resistive Non-Coded 125 VAC 0.9 A

Inductive (L/R=5ms) Coded 30 VDC 0.5 A


Inductive (PF=0.35) Non-Coded 125 VAC 0.5 A

NC-100R(A)

6037

9co

v.jp

g

of 2 — dn-60383:A2 • 06/17/10

NOTIFIER® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Made in the U.S. A.

Agency Listings and ApprovalsIn some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certainapproval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-tory for latest listing status.

• UL/ULC Listed: S635.• CSFM approved: file 7300-0028:230.• FM approved.• MEA approved: file 72-01-E, Vol. 2.

Product Line InformationNC-100R: Intelligent addressable relay module.

NC-100RA: Intelligent addressable relay module, ULC listed model.

SMB500: Optional surface-mount backbox.

NOTE: For installation instructions, see document I56-2593-001and refer to the SLC Wiring Manual, document 52304.

DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010 — Page 1 of 4

SpectrAlert® AdvanceSelectable Output Notification Appliances

Audio/Visual Devices

DN-7087:B1

GeneralSystem Sensor® SpectrAlert® Advance selectable-outputhorns, strobes and horn/strobes are rich with features guaran-teed to cut installation times and maximize profits. The Spec-trAlert Advance series of notification appliances is designed tosimplify your installations, with features such as: plug-indesigns, instant feedback messages to ensure correct installa-tion of individual devices, and eleven field-selectable candelasettings for wall and ceiling strobes and horn/strobes.

More specifically, when installing Advance products, firstattach a universal mounting plate to a four-inch square, four-inch octagon, or double-gang junction box. The two-wiremounting plate attaches to a single-gang junction box.

Then, connect the notification appliance circuit wiring to theSEMS terminals on the mounting plate.

Finally, attach the horn, strobe, or horn/strobe to the mountingplate by inserting the product’s tabs in the mounting plate’sgrooves. The device will rotate into position, locking the prod-uct’s pins into the mounting plate’s terminals. The device willtemporarily hold in place with a catch until it is secured with acaptured mounting screw.

SpectrAlert Advance products allow you to choose:

• 12 or 24 volts.

• At 24 volts, 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177,or 185 candela by way of a rear-mounted slide switch andfront viewing window.

• Horn tones and volume by way of a rotary switch.

• The SpectrAlert Advance series includes outdoor notifica-tion appliances. Outdoor strobes and horn/strobes (two-wire and four-wire) are available for wall or ceiling. Outdoorhorns are available for wall only. All System Sensor outdoorproducts are rated between –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and66°C) in wet or dry applications.

Models available:

• Indoor wall-mount: horn, strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wirehorn/strobe.

• Indoor ceiling-mount: strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wirehorn/strobe.

• Outdoor wall-mount: horn, strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wire horn/strobe.

• Outdoor ceiling-mount: strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wirehorn/strobe.

Features• Plug-in design.

• Same mounting plate for wall- and ceiling-mount units.• Shorting spring on mounting plate for continuity check

before installation.• Captive mounting screw.• Tamper-resistance capability.

• Field-selectable candela settings on wall and ceiling units:15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, 185.

• Automatic selection of 12 or 24 volt operation at 15 and 15/75 candela.

• Outdoor wall and ceiling products.

• Outdoor products rated from –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and66°C).

• Outdoor products rainproof per UL50 (NEMA 3R) andweatherproof per NEMA 4X, IP56

• Minimal intrusion into the backbox.

• Horn rated at 88+ dbA at 16 volts.• Rotary switch for tone selection.• Three horn volume settings.

• Electrically compatible with existing SpectrAlert products.

Engineering SpecificationsSpectrAlert Advance horns, strobes, and horn/strobes shallmount to a standard 4.0" x 4.0" x 1.5" (10.16 x 10.16 x 3.81cm) backbox, 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal backbox, or a double-gang backbox. Two-wire products shall also mount to a single-gang 2.0" x 4.0" x 1.875" (5.08 x 10.16 x 4.763 cm) backbox. Auniversal mounting plate shall be used for mounting ceilingand wall products. The notification appliance circuit wiringshall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, Spec-trAlert Advance products, when used with the Sync•Circuit™Module accessory, shall be powered from a non-coded notifi-cation appliance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal12 or 24 volts. When used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operatebetween 9 and 17.5 volts; 24-volt rated notification appliancecircuit outputs shall operate between 17 and 33 volts. IndoorSpectrAlert Advance products shall operate between 32°F and120°F (0°C and 49°C) from a regulated DC, or full-wave-recti-fied, unfiltered power supply. Strobes and horn/strobes shallhave field-selectable candela settings including 15, 15/75, 30,75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, 185.

Indoor CeilingHorn/Strobe

Outdoor CeilingStrobe

Indoor WallHorn/Strobe

Indoor CeilingStrobe

Indoor WallHorn

Outdoor WallStrobe

7087

pho

1.jp

g

7087

pho

4.jp

g

708

7ph

o3.jp

g

708

7pho

2.jp

g

7087

pho5

.jpg

7087

pho6

.jpg

of 4 — DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010

STROBEThe strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert AdvanceModel _______ listed to UL 1971 and shall be approved for fireprotective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary-sig-naling notification appliance and comply with the Americanswith Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appli-ances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe’s entire operating volt-age range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tubeand associated lens/reflector system.

HORN/STROBE COMBINATIONThe horn/strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlertAdvance Model _______ listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 andshall be approved for fire protective service. The horn/strobeshall be wired as a primary-signaling notification applianceand comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act require-ments for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over thestrobe’s entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shallconsist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector sys-tem. The horn shall have three audibility options and an optionto switch between a Temporal 3 pattern and a Non-Temporal(continuous) pattern. These options are set by a multiple posi-tion switch. On four-wire products, the strobe shall be poweredindependently of the sounder. The horn on horn/strobe modelsshall operate on a coded or non-coded power supply.

OUTDOOR PRODUCTSSpectrAlert Advance outdoor horns, strobes and horn/strobesshall be listed for outdoor use by UL and shall operatebetween –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and 66°C). The productsshall be listed for use with a System Sensor outdoor/weather-proof backbox with half-inch and three-fourths-inch conduitentries.

SYNCHRONIZATION MODULEThe module shall be a System Sensor Sync•Circuit MDL3R orMDL3W listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protec-tive service. The module shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobesat 1 Hz and horns at Temporal 3. Also, while operating thestrobes, the module shall silence the horns on horn/strobemodels over a single pair of wires. The module shall mount toa 4.688" x 4.688" x 2.125" (11.906 x 11.906 x 5.398 cm) back-box. The module shall also control two Style Y (class B) cir-cuits or one Style Z (Class A) circuit. The module shallsynchronize multiple zones. Daisy-chaining two or more syn-chronization modules together will synchronize all the zonesthey control. The module shall not operate on a coded powersupply.

Operating Specifications• Standard operating temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to

49°C).• K Series operating temperature: –40°F to 151°F (–40°C

to 66°C).• Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing (indoor

products).• Strobe flash rate: 1 flash per second.• Nominal voltage: regulated 12 VDC/FWR or regulated 24

VDC/FWR. NOTE: Full Wave Rectified (FWR) voltage is anon-regulated, time-varying power source that is used onsome power supply and panel outputs.

• Operating voltage range: 8 V to 17.5 V (12 V nominal); or16 V to 33 V (24 V nominal). NOTE: P, S, PC, and SC prod-ucts will operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 cd and 15/75cd.

• Input terminal wire gauge: 12 to 18 AWG (3.31 to 0.821mm²).

• Ceiling-mount dimensions (including lens): 6.8" diame-ter x 2.5" deep (17.3 cm diameter x 6.4 cm deep).

• Wall-mount dimensions (including lens): 5.6" H x 4.7" Wx 2.5" D (14.2 cm H x 11.9 cm W x 6.4 cm D).

• Horn dimensions: 5.6" H x 4.7" W x 1.3" D (14.2 cm H x11.9 cm W x 3.3 cm D).

Agency Listings and ApprovalsThe listings and approvals below apply to SpectrAlert AdvanceSelectable Output Notification Devices. In some cases, certainmodules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, orlisting may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing sta-tus.

• UL Listed: S4011 (HR__, HW__, P2__, P4__, PC2__,PC4__ models); S5512 (models SCR, SCRH, SCW,SCWH, SR, SRH, SW, SWH); S3593 (SCRHK, SCRK,SRHK, SRK).

• ULC Listed: S4011 (HRA, HRKA); S5512 (typically “A”models, with exception of outdoor strobes). See Canadiandata sheet for listings and specifications.

• FM approved• MEA: 452-05-E• CSFM: 7125-1653:0186 (SCR, SCRH, SCW, SCWH, SR,

SRH, SW, SWH); 7300-1653:0188 (P2_, P4_, PC2_, PC4_modules); 7135-1653:0189 (HR, HRK, HW); 7300-1653:0187 (SCRHK, SCRK, SRHK, SRK).

Strobe Current Draw,UL Maximum (mA RMS)

Candela8 – 17.5 V 16 – 33 V

DC FWR DC FWR

StandardCandelaRange

15 123 128 66 71

15/75 142 148 77 81

30 NA N/A 94 96

75 NA NA 158 153

95 NA NA 181 176

110 NA NA 202 195

115 NA NA 210 205

HighCandelaRange

135 NA NA 228 207

150 NA NA 246 220

177 NA NA 281 251

185 NA NA 286 258

Horn Current Draw,UL Maximum (mA RMS)

Sound Pattern dB

8 – 17.5 V 16 – 33 V

DC FWR DC FWR

Temporal High 57 55 69 75

Temporal Medium 44 49 58 69

Temporal Low 38 44 44 48

Non-temporal High 57 56 69 75

Non-temporal Medium 42 50 60 69

Non-temporal Low 41 44 50 50

Coded High 57 55 69 75

Coded Medium 44 51 56 69

Coded Low 40 46 52 50

DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010 — Page 3 of 4

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, STANDARD Candela Range (15 – 115 cd),UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS)

Input, Sound Pattern, dB Level

8 – 17.5 V 16 – 33 V

15 15/75 15 15/75 30 75 95 110 115

DC Input, Temporal, High 137 147 79 90 107 176 194 212 218

DC Input, Temporal, Medium 132 144 69 80 97 157 182 201 210

DC Input, Temporal, Low 132 143 66 77 93 154 179 198 207

DC Input, Non-temporal, High 141 152 91 100 116 176 201 221 229

DC Input, Non-temporal, Medium 133 145 75 85 102 163 187 207 216

DC Input, Non-temporal, Low 131 144 68 79 96 156 182 201 210

FWR Input, Temporal, High 136 155 88 97 112 168 190 210 218

FWR Input, Temporal, Medium 129 152 78 88 103 160 184 202 206

FWR Input, Temporal, Low 129 151 76 86 101 160 184 194 201

FWR Input, Non-temporal, High 142 161 103 112 126 181 203 221 229

FWR Input, Non-temporal, Medium 134 155 85 95 110 166 189 208 216

FWR Input, Non-temporal, Low 132 154 80 90 105 161 184 202 211

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, HIGH Candela Range (135 – 185 cd),UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS)

DC Input16 – 33 V

FWR Input16 – 33 V

135 150 177 185 135 150 177 185

DC, Temporal, High 245 259 290 297 FWR, Temporal, High 215 231 258 265

DC, Temporal, Medium 235 253 288 297 FWR, Temporal, Medium 209 224 250 258

DC, Temporal, Low 232 251 282 292 FWR, Temporal, Low 207 221 248 256

DC, Non-temporal, High 255 270 303 309 FWR, Non-temporal, High 233 248 275 281

DC, Non-temporal, Medium 242 259 293 299 FWR, Non-temporal, Medium 219 232 262 267

DC, Non-temporal, Low 238 254 291 295 FWR, Non-temporal, Low 214 229 256 262

7087dim12009.tif

2.5

2.5”

4.7”

5.6”

6.8”

Horn and Horn/Strobe Output (dBA)

SwitchPosition

Sound Pattern dB

8 – 17.5 V 16 – 33 V

DC FWR DC FW

R

1 Temporal High 78 78 84 84

2 Temporal Medium 74 74 80 80

3 Temporal Low 71 73 76 76

4 Non-temporal High 82 82 88 88

5 Non-temporal Medium 78 78 85 85

6 Non-temporal Low 75 75 81 81

7* Coded High 82 82 88 88

8* Coded Medium 78 78 85 85

9* Coded Low 75 75 81 81

*NOTE: Settings 7, 8, and 9 are not available on 2-wire horn/strobe.

Horn and Horn/StrobeRotary Switch Setting

Setting Repetition Rate dB Level

1 Temporal horn High

2 Temporal horn Medium

3 Temporal horn Low

4 Normal horn High

5 Normal horn Medium

6 Normal horn Low

7* Externally coded High

8* Externally coded Medium

9* Externally coded Low


of 4 — DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010

Sync•Circuit™ is a trademark and NOTIFIER® and SpectrAlert® areregistered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Ordering Information

Model Description Model Description

WALL HORN/STROBES CEILING HORN/STROBES

P2R 2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red. PC2R 2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red.

P2RH 2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red. PC2RH 2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red.

P2RK 2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor. PC2RK 2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

P2RHK 2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor. PC2RHK 2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

P2W 2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white. PC2W 2-wire horn/strobe, standard cd, white.

P2WH 2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white. PC2WH 2-wire horn/strobe, high cd, white.







WALL STROBES CEILING STROBES

SR Strobe, standard cd, red. SCR Strobe, standard cd, red.

SRH Strobe, high cd, red. SCRH Strobe, high cd, red.

SRK Strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor. SCRK Strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

SRHK Strobe, high cd, red, outdoor. SCRHK Strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

SW Strobe, standard cd, white. SCW Strobe, standard cd, white.

SWH Strobe, high cd, white. SCWH Strobe, high cd, white.

ACCESSORIES HORNS

BBS-2A Backbox skirt, wall, red. HR Horn, red.

BBSW-2A Backbox skirt, wall, white. HRK Horn, red, outdoor.

BBSC-2A Backbox skirt, ceiling, red. HW Horn, white.

BBSCW-2A

Backbox skirt, ceiling, white. ACCESSORIES, continued

SA-WBB Weatherproof backbox, wall. MP-2W-20BP 2-wire indoor mounting plates, pkg of 20.

SA-WBBC Weatherproof backbox, ceiling. cont’d at right MPK-2W-20BP 2-wire outdoor mounting plates, pkg of 20.

1. “High cd” refers to strobes that include 135, 150, 177, and 185 candela settings. “Standard cd” refers to strobesthat include 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, and 115 candela settings. 2. For strobes and horn/strobes, add suffix “F” for French or “B” for Bilingual.3. All outdoor models (“K” suffix) include weatherproof backbox.

shannon_almon

Highlight

shannon_almon

Highlight

shannon_almon

Right Arrow

shannon_almon

Right Arrow

dn-7114:c • 5/22/09 — Page 1 of 2

N-ANN-8080-Character LCD Serial Annunciator

Annunciators

dn-7114:c • A1-65

7114

cov.

jpg

GeneralThe N-ANN-80 annunciator is a compact, backlit, 80-characterLCD fire annunciator that mimics the Fire Alarm Control Panel(FACP) display. It provides system status indicators for ACPower, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Alarm Silenced condi-tions. The N-ANN-80 and the FACP communicate over a two-wire serial interface employing the ANN-BUS communicationformat. Connected devices are powered, via two additionalwires, by either the host FACP or a remote UL-listed, filteredpower supply. N-ANN-80 is black; for white order N-ANN-80-W.

The N-ANN-80 displays English-language text of system pointinformation including device type, zone, independent pointalarm, trouble or supervisory status, as well as any customalpha labels programmed into the control panel. It includes con-trol switches for remote control of critical system functions. (Akeyswitch prevents unauthorized operation of the controlswitches.)

Up to eight N-ANN-80s may be connected to the ANN-BUS ofeach FACP. Minimal programming is required, which saves timeduring system commissioning. The N-ANN-80 is compatiblewith NOTIFIER FACPs with an ANN-BUS, such as the NFW-50.

Features• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition.• Backlit 80-character LCD display (20 characters x 4 lines).• Mimics all display information from the host panel.• Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence,

Drill, and Reset.• Control switches can be independently enabled or disabled

at the FACP.• Keyswitch enables/disables control switches and mechani-

cally locks annunciator enclosure • Keyswitch can be enabled or disabled at the FACP.• Enclosure supervised for tamper.• System status LEDs for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervi-

sory, and Alarm Silence.• Local sounder can be enabled or disabled at the FACP.• N-ANN-80 connects to the ANN-BUS terminal on the FACP

and requires minimal panel programming.• Displays device type identifiers, individual point alarm, trou-

ble, supervisory, zone, and custom alpha labels.• Time-and date display field.• Surface mount directly to wall or to single, double, or 4"

square electrical box.• Semi-flush mount to single, double, or 4" square electrical

box. Use ANN-SB80KIT for angled view mounting.• Can be remotely located up to 6,000 feet (1,800 m) from the

panel.• Backlight turns off during AC loss to conserve battery power

but will turn back on if an alarm condition occurs.• May be powered by 24 VDC from the host FACP or by remote

power supply (requires 24 VDC).• Up to eight N-ANN-80s can be connected on the ANN-BUS.

Controls and Indicators• AC Power• Alarm

• Trouble• Supervisory• Alarm Silenced

Specifications• Operating voltage range: 18 VDC to 28 VDC.• Current consumption @ 24 VDC nominal (filtered and non-

resettable): 40 mA maximum.• Ambient temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).• Relative humidity: 93% ± 2% RH (noncondensing) at 32°C

± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F).• 5.375” (13.65 cm.) high x 6.875” (17.46 cm.) wide x 1.375”

(3.49 cm.) deep.• For use indoors in a dry location.• All connections are power-limited and supervised.

Agency Listings and ApprovalsThe listings and approvals below apply to the N-ANN-80. Insome cases, certain modules may not be listed by certainapproval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factoryfor latest listing status.

• UL: S635• FM approved• CSFM: 7120-0028:240

• MEA: 442-06-E Vol. 2

The ANN-BUS

POWERING THE DEVICES ON THE ANN-BUS FROMAUXILIARY POWER SUPPLYThe ANN-BUS can be powered by an auxiliary power supplywhen the maximum number of ANN-BUS devices exceeds theANN-BUS power requirements. See the FACP manual for moreinformation.

of 2 — dn-7114:c • 5/22/09

©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Made in the U.S. A.

ANN-BUS DEVICE ADDRESSINGEach ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID Number)in order to communicate with the FACP. A maximum of 8 devicescan be connected to the FACP ANN-BUS communication circuit.See the FACP manual for more information.

WIRE REQUIREMENTS: COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITThe N-ANN-80 connects to the FACP ANN-BUS communica-tions circuit. To determine the type of wire and the maximum wir-ing distance that can be used with FACP ANN-BUS accessorymodules, it is necessary to calculate the total worst case currentdraw for all modules on a single 4-conductor bus. The total worstcase current draw is calculated by adding the individual worstcase currents for each module.

NOTE: For total worst case current draw on a single ANN-BUSrefer to appropriate FACP manual.

After calculating the total worst case current draw, the followingtable specifies the maximum distance the modules can belocated from the FACP on a single wire run. The table ensures6.0 volts of line drop maximum. In general, the wire length is lim-ited by resistance, but for heavier wire gauges, capacitance isthe limiting factor.

These cases are marked in the chart with an asterisk (*). Maxi-mum length can never be more than 6,000 feet (1,800 m),regardless of gauge used. See table below.

WIRE REQUIREMENTS: POWER CIRCUIT• 14 to 18 AWG (0.75 - 2.08 mm2) wire for 24 VDC power cir-

cuit is acceptable.• All connections are power-limited and supervised.• A maximum of eight N-ANN-80 modules may be connected

to this circuit.

WIRING CONFIGURATIONThe following figure illustrates the wiring between the FACP andANN-BUS devices.

FACP Wiring to ANN-BUS Device

ORDERING OPTIONS:N-ANN-80: Black 80 character LCD Annunciator.

N-ANN-80-W: White, 80 character LCD Annunciator.

ANN-SB80KIT-B: Black surface mount backbox with angledwedge.

ANN-SB80KIT-W: White surface mount backbox with angledwedge.

Communication Pair Wiring Distance: FACP to Last ANN-BUS Module

Total Worst Case Current Draw (amps)

22 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge

0.100 1,852 ft. 4,688 ft. * 6,000 ft. *6,000 ft.

0.200 926 ft. 2,344 ft. 3,731 ft. 5,906 ft.

0.300 617 ft. 1,563 ft. 2,488 ft. 3,937 ft.

0.400 463 ft. 1,172 ft. 1,866 ft. 2,953 ft.

0.500 370 ft. 938 ft. 1,493 ft. 2,362 ft.

0.600 309 ft. 781 ft. 1,244 ft. 1,969 ft.

0.700 265 ft. 670 ft. 1,066 ft. 1,687 ft.

0.800 231 ft. 586 ft. 933 ft. 1,476 ft.

0.900 206 ft. 521 ft. 829 ft. 1,312 ft.

1.000 (max.) 185 ft. 469 ft. 746 ft. 1,181 ft.

ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited.

ANN-BUS Device

NFW-50

Steve

Text Box

CLICK ON DEVICE TO GO TO SPECIFICATIONS

Steve

Text Box

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

S U B M I T T A L


16851 - 1

November 15, 2010

Project: Ball Memorial Hospital Sleep Lab

Muncie, Indiana

Electrical

Contractor: Energy Management Design, Inc.

Muncie, Indiana

Electronic System

Subcontractor: Fairchild Communication Systems, Inc.

Indianapolis, Indiana

Section 16851 –Fire Alarm System

Principal Manufacturers: Notifier

2.2 FACP

Notifier # NFW2-100

Reference: DN-60602:A

2.2.L Secondary Power Batteries

Notifer # BAT-12xxx

Reference: DN-6933:A1

2.3 Manual Fire Alarm Boxes

Notifer # NOT-BG12LX

Reference: DN-7001:C1

2.4.D Duct SmokeDetectors

Notifer # DNR

Reference: dn-60429:b

2.4.D.10 Relay Fan Shutdown

Notifer # NC-100R

Reference: dn-60383:A2

2.5.A.1 Notification Appliances Combination Devices

Notifer # P2R


2.5.C Visible Alarm Devices

Notifer # SR


2.6 Remote Annunciator

Notifer # N-ANN-80

Reference: dn-7114:c

S U B M I T T A L


16851 - 2

Drawings

(Provided under separate cover)

Installation Notes

(Shown on Drawings)

End

FireWarden-100-2(E) Rev 3Intelligent Addressable FACP with Built-In Communciator

Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel

DN-60602:A

710

1co

v.jp

g

GeneralThe Notifier FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 (NFW2-100 Rev 3) withVersion 5.0 firmware is a combination FACP (Fire AlarmControl Panel) and DACT (Digital Alarm Communicator/Trans-mitter) all on one circuit board. This compact intelligentaddressable control panel has an extensive list of powerfulfeatures.

The SLC (Signaling Line Circuit) of the FireWarden-100-2 Rev3 operates using a Rapid Group Polling communication proto-col technology that polls multiple devices simultaneously for aquicker device response time.This patented technology allowsa fully-loaded panel with up to 198 devices to report an inci-dent and activate the notification circuits in under 10 seconds.With this improved polling, devices can be wired on standardtwisted, unshielded wire up to a distance of 10,000 feet.

The FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3’s quick-remove chassis protectsthe electronics during construction. The backbox can beinstalled allowing field wiring to be pulled. When constructionis completed, the electronics can be quickly installed with justtwo bolts.

New features for Rev 3 with Version 5.0 firmware includeremovable terminal blocks, improved transient protection,additional secondary ANN-BUS, and increased power for theresettable and remote sync outputs.

Available accessories include ANN-BUS devices as well asACS LED, graphic and LCD annunciators, and reverse polar-ity/city box transmitter.

The integral DACT transmits system status (alarms, superviso-ries, troubles, AC loss, etc.) to a Central Station via the publicswitched telephone network. It also allows remote and localprogramming of the control panel using the PS-Tools Upload/Download utility. In addition, the control panel may be pro-grammed or interrogated off-site via the public switched tele-phone network. Any personal computer with Windows® XP orgreater, a compatible modem, and PS-Tools, the Upload/Download software kit, may serve as a Service Terminal. Thisallows download of the entire program or upload of the entireprogram, history file, walktest data, current status and systemvoltages. The panel can also be programmed through theFACP’s keypad or via a standard PS-2 computer keyboard,which can be plugged directly into the printed circuit board.This permits easy typing of address labels and other program-ming information.

Version 5.0 firmware supports the following: Primary and Sec-ondary ANN-bus devices, NP-A100, USB port, NAC circuitdiagnostics, a new report has been added to the walk-test thatlists untested devices, new device types added: audio tele-phone type code for NFV-25/50ZST, Photo Supervisory andauto-resettable Drill (non-latching).

The FireWatch Series internet monitoring modules IPDACT-2and IPDACT-2UD permit monitoring of alarm signals over theInternet saving the monthly cost of two dedicated businesstelephone lines. Although not required, the secondary tele-phone line may be retained providing backup communicationover the public switched telephone line.

NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, the term “FireWarden-100-2” isused in this document to refer to both the FireWarden-100-2 andthe FireWarden-100-2E FACPs (Fire Alarm Control Panels). Like-wise, “NFW2-100” refers to NFW2-100E as well.

Features• Listed to UL standard 864, 9th edition.• On-board DACT.

• Remote site or local USB port upload/download, using PS-Tools.

• Four (4) Style Y (Class B) NAC circuits, which can be con-verted to four (4) Style Z (Class A) circuits with optionalZNAC-92 converter module. (Up to 6.0 amps total NACpower when using optional XRM-24B.)

• Selectable strobe synchronization for System Sensor,Wheelock, and Gentex devices.

• Remote Acknowledge, Silence, Reset and Drill via address-able monitor modules or FDU-80, N-ANN-80 or LegacyACS Annunciators.

• ANN-BUS for connection to following optional modules (cannotbe used if ACS annunciators are used):

– N-ANN-80(-W) Remote LCD Annunciator– N-ANN-I/O LED Driver– N-ANN-S/PG Printer Module

– N-ANN-RLY Relay Module– N-ANN-LED Annunciator Module– N-ANN-RLED Annunciator Module alarms only

– ROME Relay Option Module Enclosure• ACS & Terminal-mode Annunciators:

– ACS Annunciators: Up to 32 Legacy ACM Series annun-ciators (ACM-16AT or ACM-32 series). Cannot be used ifANN-BUS devices are used.

– Terminal-mode Annunciators: Up to 32 Legacy FDU-80annunciators.

• EIA-232 printer/PC interface (variable baud rate) on maincircuit board, for use with optional UL-listed printer PRN-6.

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 1 of 6

• Integral 80-character LCD display with backlighting.

• Real-time clock/calendar with automatic daylight savingscontrol.

• Detector sensitivity test capability (NFPA 72 compliant).• History file with 1,000-event capacity.• Maintenance alert warns when smoke detector dust accu-

mulation is excessive.• Automatic device type-code verification.

• One person audible or silent walk test with walk-test log andprintout.

• Point trouble identification.• Waterflow (nonsilenceable) selection per monitor point.• System alarm verification selection per detector point.

• PAS (Positive Alarm Sequence) and presignal delay perpoint (NFPA 72 compliant).

NOTE: Only detectors may participate in PAS.

SLC LOOP:• SLC can be configured for NFPA Style 4, 6, or 7 operation.• SLC supports up to 198 addressable devices per loop (99

detectors and 99 monitor, control, or relay modules).• SLC loop maximum length 10,000 ft. (3,000 m.).

See installation manual for wire tables.

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS (NACS):• Four onboard NACs with additional NAC capability using

output control modules (NC-100). The four Class B NACscan be converted to four Class A NACs with optional ZNAC-92 converter module.

• Silence Inhibit and Auto Silence timer options.• Continuous, March Time, Temporal or California code for

main circuit board NACs with two-stage capability.• Selectable strobe synchronization per NAC.

• 2.5 amps maximum per each NAC circuit.NOTE: Maximum 24VDC system power output is shared amongall NAC circuits and 24VDC special-application auxiliary poweroutputs. Total available output is 3.0 amps. Using the optionalXRM-24B transformer increases 24VDC output to 6.0 amps.

PROGRAMMING AND SOFTWARE:• Autoprogram (learn mode) reduces installation time.

• Custom English labels (per point) may be manually enteredor selected from an internal library file.

• Three Form-C relay outputs (two programmable).• 99 software zones.• Continuous fire protection during online programming at the

front panel. • Program Check automatically catches common errors not

linked to any zone or input point.• OFFLINE PROGRAMMING: Create the entire program in

your office using a Windows®-based software package(NFW2-100 requires PS-Tools Programming software,available on www.magni-fire.com). Upload/download sys-tem programming locally to the NFW2-100 Rev 3 in lessthan one minute.

• USB upload/download programming with standard Male-Ato Male-B cable.

User Interface

LED INDICATORS• AC Power (green)• Fire Alarm (red)

• Supervisory (yellow)

• Alarm Silenced (yellow)• System Trouble (yellow)• Maintenance/Presignal (yellow)

• Disabled (yellow)• Battery Fault (yellow)• Ground Fault (yellow)

KEYPAD CONTROLS• Acknowledge/Step• Alarm Silence

• Drill• System Reset (lamp test)• 16-key alpha-numeric pad (similar to telephone keypad)

• 4 cursor keys• Enter

Product Line InformationNFW2-100: FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 198-point addressableFire Alarm Control Panel, one SLC loop. Includes 80-characterLCD display, single printed circuit board mounted on chassis,and cabinet. 120 VAC operation.

NFW2-100R: Same as NFW2-100, except in a red backbox.

NFW2-100E: Same as NFW2-100, except with 240 VAC oper-ation.

4XTM Reverse Polarity Transmitter Module: Providessupervised output for local energy municipal box transmitter,alarm, and trouble.

ZNAC-92: Optional converter module which converts four (4)Style Y (Class B) NAC circuits to four (4) Style Z (Class A) cir-cuits.

VFWARDEN-CD: Contains PS-Tools Programming softwarefor Windows®-based PC computer (cable not included), avail-able on www.magni-fire.com.

DP-9692B: Optional dress panel for FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3.

TR-CE-B: Optional trim Ring for semi-flush mounting.

BB-26: Battery backbox, holds up to two 26 AH batteries andCHG-75.

NFS-LBB: Battery box, houses two 55 AH batteries.

CHG-75: Battery charger for lead-acid batteries with a ratingof 25 to 75 AH.

CHG-120: Remote battery charging system for lead-acid bat-teries with a rating of 55 to 120 AH. Requires additional NFS-LBB for mounting.

NOTE: CHG-120 or CHG-75 required for batteries larger than18AH.

BAT Series: Batteries, see data sheet DN-6933.

XRM-24B(E): Optional transformer. Increases system poweroutput to 6.0 amps. Use XRM-24BE with FireWarden-100-2ERev 3.

PRT/PK-CABLE: Cable printer/personal computer interfacecable; required for printer or for local upload/download pro-gramming and updating panel firmware.

PRN-6: UL listed compatible event printer. Uses tractor-fedpaper.

IPDACT-2/2UD, IPDACT Internet Monitoring Module:Mounts in bottom of enclosure with optional mounting kit (PNIPBRKT). Connects to primary and secondary DACT tele-phone output ports for internet communications over customerprovided ethernet internet connection. Requires compatible

Page 2 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

Teldat VisorALARM Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCPor static IP. (See data sheet DN-60408 for more information.)

IPBRKT: Mounting kit for IPDACT-2/2UD in common enclo-sure.

IPSPLT: Y-adaptor option allows connection of both paneldialer outputs to one IPDACT-2/2UD cable input.

COMPATIBLE ANNUNCIATORSN-ANN-80(-W): LCD Annunciator is a remote LCD annuncia-tor that mimics the information displayed on the FACP LCDdisplay. Recommended wire type is un-shielded. (Basic modelis black; order -W version for white; see DN-7114.)

N-ANN-LED: Annunciator Module provides three LEDs foreach zone: Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory. Ships with red orblack enclosure (see DN-60242).

N-ANN-RLED: Provides alarm (red) indicators for up to 30input zones or addressable points. (See DN-60242).

N-ANN-RLY: Relay Module, which can be mounted inside thecabinet, provides 10 programmable Form-C relays. (See DN-7107.)

ROME-B: Relay Option Module Enclosure (order ROME-B forblack or ROME for red). Provides one N-ANN-RLY Relay Mod-ule already installed. The ROME Series provides mountingspace for one additional Relay Module or one addressableMulti-module. (See Installation Sheet PN 53530.)

N-ANN-S/PG: Serial/Parallel Printer Gateway module pro-vides a connection for a serial or parallel printer. (See DN-7103.)

N-ANN-I/O: LED Driver Module provides connections to auser supplied graphic annunciator. (See DN-7105.)

ACM-8R: Relay module provides 8 Form-C 5.0 amp relays.

ACM Annunciator Series: LED-type fire annunciators capa-ble of providing up to 99 software zones of annunciation. Avail-able in increments of 16 or 32 points to meet a variety ofapplications.

LDM Graphic Series: Lamp Driver Module series for use withcustom graphic annunciators.

FDU-80 (Liquid Crystal Display) point annunciator: 80-char-acter, backlit LCD-type fire annunciators capable of displayingEnglish-language text.

NOTE: For more information on Compatible Annunciators for usewith the FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3, see the following data sheets(document numbers) ACM-8R (DN-3558), ACS/ACM Series (DN-0524), LDM Series (DN-0551), FDU-80 (DN-6820).

COMPATIBLE ADDRESSABLE DEVICESAll feature a polling LED and rotary switches for addressing.

NI-100: Addressable low-profile ionization smoke detector.

NP-100: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector.

NP-100T: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detec-tor with thermal sensor.

NP-100R: Addressable remote test capable detector for usewith DNR(W) duct smoke detector housings.

NH-100: Fast-response, low-profile heat detector.

NH-100R: Fast-response, low-profile heat detector with rate-of-rise option.

NH-100H: Fixed high-temperature detector that activates at190F/88C.

NP-A100: Addressable low-profile multi-sensor detector.

DNR: Innovair Flex low-flow non-relay duct-detector housing.Order NP-100R separately.

DNRW: Innovair Flex low-flow non-relay duct-detector hous-ing, with NEMA-4 rating. Watertight. (Order NP-100R sepa-rately.)

NMM-100: Addressable Monitor Module for one zone of nor-mally-open dry-contact initiating devices. Mounts in standard4.0" (10.16 cm.) box. Includes plastic cover plate and end-of-line resistor. Module may be configured for either a Style B(Class B) or Style D (Class A) IDC.

NDM-100: Dual Monitor Module. Same as NMM-100 except itprovides two Style B (Class B) only IDCs.

NMM-100P: Miniature version of NMM-100. Excludes LEDand Style D option. Connects with wire pigtails. May mount indevice backbox.

NZM-100: Similar to NMM-100, but may monitor up to 20 con-ventional two-wire detectors. Requires resettable 24 VDCpower. Consult factory for compatible smoke detectors.

NC-100: Addressable Control Module for one Style Y/Z (ClassB/A) zone of supervised polarized Notification Appliances.Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) electrical box. NotificationAppliance Circuit option requires external 24 VDC to powernotification appliances.

NC-100R: Addressable relay module containing two isolatedsets of Form-C contacts, which operate as a DPDT switch.Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) box, surface mount usingthe SMB500.

NOT-BG12LX: Addressable manual pull station with interfacemodule mounted inside.

N100-ISO: Fault Isolator Module. This module isolates theSLC loop from short circuit conditions (required for Style 6 or 7operation).

SMB500: Used to mount all modules except the NMM-100P.

NMM-100-10: Ten-input monitor module. Mount one or twomodules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional). Mount up to six mod-ules on a CHS-6 chassis in a BB-25.

NZM-100-6: Six-zone interface module for compatible conven-tional two-wire detectors. Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6chassis in a BB-25.

NOTE: For more information on Compatible Addressable Devicesfor use with the FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3, see the following datasheets (document numbers): N100-ISO (DN-6994), NP-100 series(DN-6995), NI-100 (DN-6996), NH-100 series (DN-6997), ND-100series (DN-7006), NP-A100 (DN-6998), NMM-100/NMM-100P/NDM-100/NZM-100 (DN-6999), NC-100/NC-100R (DN-7000),NOT-BG12LX (DN-7001), NMM-100-10 (DN-6990), and NZM-100-6 (DN-60150).

Wiring RequirementsWhile shielded wire is not required, it is recommended that allSLC wiring be twisted-pair to minimize the effects of electricalinterference. Wire size should be no smaller than 18 AWG(0.78 mm²) and no larger than 12 AWG (3.1 mm²). The wiresize depends on the length of the SLC circuit. Refer to thepanel manual for wiring details.

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 3 of 6

604

17sy

s20

09.w

mf

ANNUNCIATORSACS/ACM, LDM

ANN-BUS DEVICESN-ANN-80, N-ANN-LED, N-ANN-S/PG, N-ANN-I/O

ANN-BUSorEIA-485in ACS mode(two wires)

8 FORM-C, 5-AMP RELAYS (optional, order ACM-8R)

OptionalREVERSE POLARITY/CITY BOX OUTPUT(4XTM)

NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits)BELLS, SIGNALS, STROBES

EIA-232 INTERFACE(PIM-24) built into the motherboard

FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3Fire Alarm Control/Communicator

NOTE: System can use either ANN-BUS devices OR ACS-mode annunciators. They cannot be used simultaneously.

NOTE: System can use either the printer OR the FDU-80. They cannot be used simultaneously.

EIA-485INTERFACE

(four wires)

FDU-80Up to 6,000 ft. (1825.8 m) between each FDU-80 in the EIA-485 loop, and between each FDU-80 and the FACP.

DUCT DETECTORSND-100, ND-100R, DNR

HEAT DETECTORSNH-100, NH-100R, NH-100H

SMOKE DETECTORSNP-100, NP-100T, NI-100, NP-A100

MONITOR/CONTROLNMM-100, NZM-100, NDM-100, N100-ISO,

NC-100, NC-100R

ADDRESSABLE MULTI-MODULE

NZM-100-6, NMM-100-10

MINI-MONITORNMM-100P

PULL STATIONNOT-BG12LX

PRINTER

24 VDC

24 VDC

Page 4 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010 — Page 5 of 6

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

FireWarden® and Notifier® are registered trademarks of HoneywellInternational Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of theMicrosoft Corporation.©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.

System Capacity• Intelligent Signalling Line Circuits....................................... 1 • Addressable device capacity .......................................... 198• Programmable software zones ......................................... 99

• ACS Annunciators ............................................................ 32• ANN-bus devices.............................................................. 16

Electrical SpecificationsAC Power: FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.0amps. FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3(E): 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.5 amps.Wire size: minimum 14 AWG (2.00 mm²) with 600 V insulation.

Battery: Two 12 V 18AH lead-acid batteries. Battery charger capacity: 7 – 18 AH. FireWarden-100-2 Rev3 cabinet holds maximum of two 18 AH batteries.

Communication Loop: Supervised and power-limited.

Notification Appliance Circuits: Each terminal block pro-vides connections for two Style Y (Class B) for a total of fourStyle Y (Class B) or with an optional ZNAC-92 module con-verts to four Style Z (Class A) NACs. Maximum signaling cur-rent per circuit: 2.5 amps. End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm, 1/2watt (P/N 71252 UL listed) for Style Y (Class B) NAC. Refer topanel documentation and Notifier Device Compatibility Docu-ment for listed compatible devices.

Two Programmable Relays and One Fixed Trouble Relay: Contact rating: 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC (resistive), 0.5 amps @ 30VAC (resistive). Form-C relays.

Special Application Power (24 VDC Nominal): Jumperselectable (JP4) for conversion to resettable power output. Upto 1.0 amp total DC current available from each output. Power-limited.

Four-Wire Resettable Special Application Smoke DetectorPower (24 VDC nominal): Up to 1.0 amp for powering four-wire smoke detectors. Power-limited. Refer to the NotifierDevice Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices.

Remote Sync Output: Remote power supply synchronizationoutput. Nominal special application power: 24 VDC. Maximumcurrent: 300 mA. End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm. Outputlinked to NAC 1 control. Supervised and power-limited.

Telephone Interface: Unless used with Teldat VISORALARM,requires dedicated business telephone number with a mini-mum of 5 volts DC (off-hook voltage). Obtain dedicated phoneline directly from your local phone company. Do not use sharedphone lines or PBX (digital) type phone line extensions.

Cabinet SpecificationsDoor: 19.26" (48.92 cm.) high x 16.82" (42.73 cm.) wide x0.12" (.30 cm.) deep. Backbox: 19.00" (48.26 cm.) high x16.65" (42.29 cm.) wide x 5.20" (13.34 cm.) deep. Trim Ring(TR-CE-B): 22.00" (55.88 cm.) high x 19.65" (49.91 cm.) wide.

Shipping SpecificationsWeight: 26.9 lbs. (12.20 kg.) Dimensions: 20.00” (50.80 cm.)high x 22.5” (57.15 cm.) wide x 8.5” (21.59 cm.) deep.

Temperature and Humidity RangesThis system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0 –49°C/32 – 120°F and at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH(noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, theuseful life of the system's standby batteries and the electroniccomponents may be adversely affected by extreme tempera-ture ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended thatthis system and its peripherals be installed in an environmentwith a normal room temperature of 15 – 27°C/60 – 80°F.

NFPA StandardsThe FireWarden-100-2 Rev 3 complies with the followingNFPA 72 Fire Alarm Systems requirements:

– LOCAL (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and SprinklerSupervisory).

– AUXILIARY (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) (requires4XTM).

– REMOTE STATION (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow andSprinkler Supervisory) (Where a DACT is not accepted,the alarm, trouble and supervisory relays may be con-nected to UL 864 listed transmitters. For reverse polaritysignaling of alarm and trouble, 4XTM is required.)

– PROPRIETARY (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow andSprinkler Supervisory).

– CENTRAL STATION (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow andSprinkler Supervisory).

– OT, PSDN (Other Technologies, Packet-switched DataNetwork)

Agency Listings and ApprovalsThe listings and approvals below apply to the basic FireWar-den-100-2 Rev 3 control panel. In some cases, certain mod-ules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listingmay be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.

• UL Listed: S635• FM approved

• CSFM: 7165-0028:235For ULC-listed version, see DN-60600.

Page 6 of 6 — DN-60602:A • 9/22/2010

Made in the U.S. A.




DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 1 of 10

BAT Series BatteriesSealed Lead-Acid or Gell Cell

Power Supplies

DN-6933:A1 • E-205

GeneralBAT Series Batteries feature a new part-numbering/listing sys-tem — providing an improved method of delivery for NOTIFIER-approved sealed lead-acid batteries for all your fire alarm sys-tem needs. Multiple brands of batteries are now offered undergeneric part numbers, reducing backorder situations and permit-ting us to deliver these products in a more timely fashion. NOTI-FIER has approved the multiple brands listed below as possibleproduct shipped for a given part number. Please note that anyincoming orders for “PS Series” batteries will be converted tothe equivalent BAT Series part numbers.

Features• Provide secondary power for control panels.• Sealed and maintenance-free.• Overcharge protected.• Easy handling with leakproof construction.• Ruggedly constructed, high-impact case (ABS, polystyrene,

or polypropylene, depending on models).• Long service life.• Compact design.

.

Agency Listings and ApprovalsThe listings and approvals below apply to BAT Series Batteries.In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certainapproval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factoryfor latest listing status.

• UL Recognized Components: files MH19884 (B & B Bat-tery), MH20567 (UPG, previously Jolt), MH20845 (Power-Sonic).

6933cov.jpg


CURRENTPart

NumberBATTERY

DESCRIPTIONALTERNATES APPROVED:

manufacturers and P/Nsshipped under BAT P/Ns










BAT-121000 12 V, 100 AH, gell cell.PS-121000 (Power-Sonic); XSA121000A (Jolt) to be replaced with UB121000 (UPG).

of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

POWER-SONIC 1109t1.tbl

Characteristic Discharge Curves Effect of Temperature on Capacity

1109

grf1

.tif

1109

grf2

.wm

f

1109

grf3

.wm

f

1109

grf4

.wm

f

at left:PS-1210000DischargeCharacteristics

at left:PS-121000Shelf-Lifeand Storage


MODEL Nominal Voltage V

Nominal Capacity @ 20 hr. rate A.H.

Discharge Current @20 hr. rate mA

DIMENSIONS

Width Depth Height Height over terminal Weight

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg.

PS-1250 12 5 250 3.54 90 2.76 70 4.02 102 4.21 107 4.1 1.9

PS-1270 12 7 325 5.94 151 2.56 65 3.7 94 3.86 98 5.7 2.6

PS-12120 12 12 600 5.94 151 3.86 98 3.7 94 3.86 98 8.8 4

PS-12180 12 18 875 7.13 181 2.99 76 6.57 167 6.57 167 12.8 5.8

PS-12250 12 25 1300 6.89 175 6.54 166 4.92 125 4.92 125 18.7 8.5

PS-12550 12 55 3000 10.25 260 6.6 168 8.2 208 9.45 240 39.7 18

PS-121000 12 100 5000 12 305 6.6 168 8.2 208 9.45 240 65.7 29.8

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 3 of 10

Charging Procedure


20°C (V/cell)




(CA)



50% discharge



2.25 ~ 2.30 – 3 0.3 24 200 – 40°C

(32 ~104°F)For cycle service 2.40 ~ 2.50 – 4 0.3 16 10


Final Voltage




10.80 V 180.8 133.1 106.6 63.5 36.39 14.57 10.05 5.62 2.94

10.50 V 209.2 144.2 111.5 65.9 37.48 14.87 10.20 5.70 3.00

10.20 V 222.3 149.4 115.0 67.4 38.16 15.00 10.26 5.73 3.01

9.90 V 232.3 152.9 117.6 68.3 38.61 15.10 10.29 5.75 3.02

9.60 V 240.0 156.0 120.0 69.0 39.0 15.20 10.32 5.75 3.02

Final Voltage




10.80 V 253.1 186.3 149.3 88.8 50.95 20.40 14.07 7.86 4.11

10.50 V 292.9 201.8 156.2 92.2 52.47 20.81 14.28 7.98 4.20

10.20 V 311.2 209.1 161.0 94.3 53.42 21.00 14.36 8.02 4.22

9.90 V 325.2 214.1 164.7 95.6 54.06 21.15 14.41 8.04 4.23

9.60 V 336.0 218.4 168.0 96.6 54.60 21.27 14.45 8.04 4.23

Final Voltage




10.80 V 433.9 319.4 256.0 152.3 87.34 34.98 24.12 13.48 7.05

10.50 V 502.2 346.0 267.7 158.1 89.96 35.68 24.48 13.68 7.20

10.20 V 533.6 358.5 276.0 161.7 91.57 36.00 24.61 13.75 7.23

9.90 V 557.5 367.1 282.4 164.0 92.67 36.25 24.70 13.79 7.25

9.60 V 576.0 374.4 288.0 165.6 93.60 36.47 24.77 13.79 7.25

Final Voltage




10.80 V 940.0 692.0 554.6 330.0 189.23 75.79 52.25 29.20 15.26

10.50 V 1088.0 749.7 580.0 342.5 194.91 77.30 53.04 29.64 15.60

10.20 V 1156.0 776.7 598.0 350.3 198.41 78.00 53.33 29.79 15.67

9.90 V 1208.0 795.3 611.8 355.2 200.79 78.54 53.52 29.88 15.71

9.60 V 1248.0 811.2 624.0 358.8 202.80 79.01 53.68 29.88 15.71

B & B BATTERY


for BP5-12


for BP7-12


for BP12-12


for BP26-12

Model VNominal Capacity (AH) Weight

Terminal Dimensions

Standard Optional L W H TH

20 hr 10 hr 5 hr 1 hr kg lbs Type Pos. Type Pos. mm in mm in mm in mm in

BP5-12 12 5.00 4.75 4.25 3.00 1.86 4.10 T1 3 T2 90 3.54 70 2.76 102 4.02 106 4.17

BP7-12 12 7.00 6.65 5.95 4.20 2.60 5.73 T2 5 T1 151 5.94 65 2.56 93 3.66 98 3.86

BP12-12 12 12.00 11.40 10.20 7.20 4.03 8.89 B1 5 T1 151 5.94 98 3.86 94 3.70 98 3.86

BP26-12 12 26.00 24.70 22.10 15.60 9.40 20.73 B1 7 T2.I1 9 175 6.89 166 6.54 125 4.92 125 4.92

of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

B & B BATTERYBP5-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77°F)




BP05dis.tif

BP12dis.tif

BP26dis.tif

BP07dis.tif

6933

bp12

.jpg

6933

bp26

.jpg

6933

bp05

.jpg

BP05-12BP12-12

BP26-12

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 5 of 10

UPG BATTERYUB1250 has the same specifications as previous Jolt SA1250;SA1272 to be replaced with UB1270 (specs/diagrams pending).

UB1250 (previously SA1250) DiagramsUB1250/SA1250 discharge current vs. time




40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up01.tif

6933up02.tif

SA1272 DiagramsSA1272 discharge current vs. time

SA1272 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

SA1272 Specifications• Nominal voltage: 12 V.• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 7.2 AH.• Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94


40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up03.tif

6933up04.tif

of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10






40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%



Maximum discharge current: 120 A (5 sec).

Maximum charging current: 3.6 A.

Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):


6933up05.tif

6933up06.tif





40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up07.tif

6933up08.tif

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 7 of 10






40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up09.tif

6933up10.tif



UB12550, SA12550 Specifications• Nominal voltage: 12 V.• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 55.0 AH.• Dimensions: total height 234.5 mm (9.23"); container height

216.5 mm (8.52"); length 229 mm (9.02"); width 138 mm (5.43").• Weight: approximately 19.0 kg (41.8 lbs).• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 8 m.• Discharge capacity under different temperatures:

40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%





6933up11.tif

6933up12.tif

of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10


UB121000 (XSA121000A) DiagramsUB121000/XSA121000A discharge current vs. time

UB121000/XSA121000A discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)

UB121000 (XSA121000A) Diagrams• Nominal voltage: 12 V.• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 100.0 AH.• Dimensions: total height 221 mm (8.70"); container height 214

mm (8.43"); length 329 mm (12.95"); width 172 mm (6.77").• Weight: approximately 34.00 kg (74.8 lbs).• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 6.5 m.• Discharge capacity under different temperatures:

40°C: ~ 102%25°C: ~ 100%0°C: ~ 85%



• Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec).• Maximum charging current: 30 A.• Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):


6933up13.tif

6933up14.tif

UPG Summary DiagramsSummary discharge characteristics

Summary discharge current vs. time curve (25°C/77°F)

6933up15.wmf

6933up16.wmf

6933ub1280.jpg

6933ub12260.jpg

DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10 — Page 9 of 10


Charging Procedure: UPG Battery


25°C (V/cell)




(CA)



50% discharge



2.25 ~ 2.30 – 3.3(–1.8 mV/°F/cell) 0.3 T³ 24 T³ 20

0 – 40°C(32 – 104°F)For cycle ser-

vice 2.40 ~ 2.50 – 5(–2.8 mV/°F/cell) 0.3 16 < T < 24 10 < T < 24


of 10 — DN-6933:A1 • 2/12/10

NOTIFIER® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Batteries display trademarks of the manufacturer.©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.




DN-7001:C1 • 8/16/10 — Page 1 of 2

NOT-BG12LXAddressable Manual Pull StationFor FireWarden Series Panels

Intelligent/Addressable Devices

DN-7001:C1 • A1-380

The NOT-BG12LXAddressable Manual Pull Station

6643

cov1

.jpg

GeneralThe Notifier NOT-BG12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual-action(i.e., requires two motions to activate the station) pull stationthat includes an addressable interface for FireWarden seriesintelligent control panels, and the NSP-25 panel. Because theNOT-BG12LX is addressable, the control panel can display theexact location of the activated manual station. This leads firepersonnel quickly to the location of the alarm.

Features• Maintenance personnel can open station for inspection and

address setting without causing an alarm condition.

• Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle ofthe station, flashes in normal operation and latches steadyred when in alarm.

• Handle latches in down position and the word “ACTIVATED”appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated.

• Captive screw terminals wire-ready for easy connection toSLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG/3.25 mm² wire).

• Can be surface mounted (with SB-10 or SB-I/O) or semi-flush mounted. Semi-flush mount to a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box.

• Smooth dual-action design.• Meets ADAAG controls and operating mechanisms guide-

lines (Section 4.1.3[13]); meets ADA requirement for 5 lb.maximum activation force.

• Highly visible.• Attractive shape and textured finish.

• Key reset.• Includes Braille text on station handle.• Optional trim ring (BG12TR).

• Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated SignalingBoxes.

ConstructionShell, door, and handle are molded of durable polycarbonatematerial with a textured finish.

Specifications• Shipping Weight: 9.6 oz. (272.15 g)• Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC.• Maximum SLC loop voltage: 28.0 VDC.

• Maximum SLC loop current: μA.• Temperature Range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)• Relative Humidity: 10% to 93% (noncondensing)

• For use indoors in a dry location

InstallationThe NOT-BG12LX will mount semi-flush into a single-gang,double-gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outletbox, or will surface mount to the model SB-10 or SB-I/O sur-face backbox. If the NOT-BG12LX is being semi-flushmounted, then the optional trim ring (BG12TR) may be used.

The BG12TR is usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4"(10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes).

OperationPushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latchin the down/activated position. Once latched, the word “ACTI-VATED” (in bright yellow) appears at the top of the handle,while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of thestation. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with thekey and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; clos-ing the door automatically resets the switch.

Each manual station, on command from the control panel,sends data to the panel representing the state of the manualswitch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address settings (1 – 99 on NFW2-100/NFW2-100C, 1 – 50 for NFW-50/NFW-50C).

Architectural/Engineering SpecificationsManual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non-coded, with a key-operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and sodesigned that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannotbe restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated sta-tion shall automatically condition itself so as to be visuallydetected as activated. Manual stations shall be constructed ofred-colored polycarbonate material with clearly visible operat-ing instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shallappear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches(2.54 cm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surfacemounting on matching backbox SB-10 or SB-I/O; or semi-flushmounting on a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4"(10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within

of 2 — DN-7001:C1 • 8/16/10

Notifier® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Made in the U.S. A.

the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall beUnderwriters Laboratories listed.

Manual stations shall connect with two wires to one of the con-trol panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on commandfrom the control panel, send data to the panel representing thestate of the manual switch. Manual stations shall provideaddress setting by use of rotary decimal switches.

Product Line InformationNOT-BG12LX: Dual-action addressable pull station. Includeskey locking feature.

NOT-BG12LXA: Canadian Dual-action addressable pull sta-tion. Includes key locking feature.

SB-10: Surface backbox; metal.

SB-I/O: Surface backbox; plastic.

BG12TR: Optional trim ring.

17021: Keys, set of two.

Agency Listings and ApprovalsIn some cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro-cess. Consult factory for latest listing status.

• UL Listed: S692 (listed for Canadian and non-Canadian applications)

• MEA: 67-02-E Vol. IV • CSFM: 7150-0028:0199 • FDNY: • FM Approved Patented: U.S. Patent No. D428,351; 6,380,846; 6,314,772;6,632,108.

dn-60429:b • 03/12/10 — Page 1 of 2

InnovairFlexIntelligent Non-Relay Photoelectric Duct Smoke Detector

Intelligent Devices

dn-60429:b

GeneralThe Notifier InnovairFlex DNR intelligent non-relay photoelectricduct smoke detector and DNRW watertight non-relay photoelec-tric duct smoke detector feature a pivoting housing that fits bothsquare and rectangular footprints capable of mounting to around or rectangular duct.

DNRW duct smoke detector, with its NEMA-4 rating, is listed asa watertight, UV resistant enclosure providing protection againstfalling dirt, rain, and windblown dust, splashing and hosedirected water, allowing operators to use the detector in themost extreme environments.

These units sense smoke in the most challenging conditions,operating in airflow speeds of 100 to 4,000 feet per minute, tem-peratures of -4 degrees F to 158 degrees F, and a humidityrange of 0 to 95 percent (non-condensing.)

An improved cover design isolates the sensor head, whichallows for ease of maintenance. A cover tamper feature indi-cates a trouble signal for a removed or improperly installed sen-sor cover. The Notifier InnovairFlex housing provides a 3/4-inchconduit knockout and ample space to facilitate easy wiring andmounting of a relay module.

The Notifier InnovairFlex duct smoke detector can be custom-ized to meet local codes and specifications without additionalwiring. The new InnovairFlex product line is compatible with allprevious Innovair models, including remote test accessories.

Features• Photoelectric, integrated low-flow technology• Air velocity rating from 100 ft/min to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 m/s to

20.32 m/s)• Versatile mounting options: square or rectangular configura-

tion• Broad ranges for operating temperature (-4F to 158F) and

humidity (0% to 95% non-condensing)• Patented sampling tube installs from front or back of the

detector with no tools required• Cover tamper signal• Increased wiring space with a newly added 3/4” conduit

knockout• Available space within housing to accommodate mounting of

a relay module• Easily accessible code wheels on sensor head (sold sepa-

rately)• Clear cover for convenient visual inspection• Remote testing capability• Requires com line power only• Accommodates the installation of an addressable relay mod-

ule, sold separately, (FRM-1 or NC-100R) for applicationsrequiring a Form-C relay

SpecificationsSize: (Rectangle) 14.38 in (37 cm) Length; 5 in (12.7 cm)Width, 2.5 in (6.6 cm) Depth

Size: (Square) 7.75 in (19.7 cm) Length; 9 in (22.9 cm) Width;2.5 in (6.35 cm) Depth

Weight: 1.6 lb (0.73 kg)

Operating Temperature Range: -4 degrees F to 158 degrees F(-20 degrees C to 70 degrees C)

Storage Temperature Range: -22 degrees F to 158 degrees F(-30 degrees C to 70 degrees C)

Operating Humidity Range: 0% to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)

Air Duct Velocity: 100 to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 to 20.32 m/s)

AccessoriesNotifier provides system flexibility with a variety of accessories,including two remote test stations and different means of visibleand audible system annunciation. As with our duct smoke detec-tors, all duct smoke detectors accessories are UL listed.

DNR(W)s with a date code of 0013 or higher do not requireexternal 24VDC for remote test applications when used with aremote-test-capable detector.

ACCESSORY CURRENT LOADS AT 24 VDC

Device Standby Alarm

RA100Z 0mA 12 mA Max

RTS151/RTS151KEY 0mA 12mA Max

intelligent innovairflex.jpg

of 2 — dn-60429:b • 03/12/10

ONYX® and NOTIFIER® are registered trademarks andNOTI•FIRE•NET™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Made in the U.S. A.

Agency Listings and Approvals Consult product manual for lists of compatible UL-Listeddevices. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed bycertain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con-sult factory for latest listing status.

• UL Listed: S911• ULC Listed: S911• CFSM Listed: 3242-1653:209

Product Line InformationNOTE: “A or “CDN” suffix indicates ULC listed model.

DNR(A): Intelligent non-relay photoelectric low flow smokedetector housing. Requires photoelectric smoke detector (soldseparately).

DNRW: Watertight intelligent non-relay photoelectric low flowduct smoke detector housing. Requires photoelectric smokedetector (sold separately). NEMA-4.

FSP-851: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector.

FSP-851R: Remote test capable addressable low-profile photo-electric smoke detector.

NP-100: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detectorfor FireWarden series panels.

NP-100R: Remote test capable addressable low-profile photo-electric smoke detector for FireWarden series panels.

DCOIL: Remote test coil. Required for older DNR(W) ductdetector housing.

DST1(A): Metal sampling tube duct width up to 1 ft (0.3m)

DST1.5(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 1 ft to 2 ft (0.3to 0.6 m)



DST10(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 8 ft to 12 ft(2.4 to 3.7 m)

DH400OE-1: Weatherproof enclosure

ETX: Metal exhaust tube duct, width 1 ft (0.3 m)

M02-04-00: Test magnet

P48-21-00: End cap for metal sampling tubes

RA100Z(A): Remote annunciator alarm LED

RTS151(A): Remote test station

RTS151KEY(A): Remote test station with key lock

Important Note• DNRW duct detector housings with a date code of 0013 or

higher do not require a DCOIL or auxiliary 24 VDC for remotetest applications when used with a remote test capabledetector.

• DNRW duct detector housings with a date code of 0012 orearlier require a DCOIL and auxiliary 24 VDC power forremote test applications.

dn-60383:A2 • 06/17/10 — Page 1 of 2

NC-100R(A)Relay Module for FireWarden Series Panels

Addressable

dn-60383:A2

GeneralThe NC-100R(A) Addressable Relay Module provides NOTI-FIER’s FireWarden Series intelligent control panels with twoisolated sets of Form-C dry-contact outputs for activating avariety of auxiliary devices, such as fans, dampers, door hold-ers, control equipment, etc. Addressability allows the dry con-tact to be activated, either manually or through panelprogramming, on a select basis.

Features• Built-in type identification automatically identifies these

devices to the control panel.

• Internal circuitry and relay powered directly by two-wireSLC loop.

• Integral LED “blinks” green each time a communication isreceived from the control panel and turns on in steady whenactivated.

• High noise immunity (EMF/RFI).

• Wide viewing angle of LED.• SEMS screws with clamping plates for wiring ease.• Direct Decade entry of address: 01 – 99 with the FireWar-

den-100-2(C) and 01 – 50 with the FireWarden-50(C).

ApplicationsThe NC-100R(A) may be programmed to operate dry contactsfor door holders, Air Handling Unit shutdown, etc., and to resetfour-wire smoke detector power.

Construction• The face plate is made of off-white heat-resistant plastic.• Controls include two rotary switches for direct-dial entry of

address setting. • The NC-100R(A) provides two Form-C dry contacts that

switch together.

OperationEach NC-100R(A) uses one of the addresses on a SLC loop. Itresponds to regular polls from the control panel and reports itstype and status. The LED blinks with each poll received. Oncommand, it activates its internal relay.

Rotary switches set a unique address for each module. Theaddress may be set before or after mounting. The built-inTYPE CODE (not settable) will identify the module to the con-trol panel.

SpecificationsNormal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC.

Maximum SLC current draw: 6.5 mA (LED).

Average operating current: 230 μA direct poll (CLIP mode),255 μA group poll with LED flashing.

EOL resistance: not used.

Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).

Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing.

Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x2.125" (5.398 mm) deep box.

Relay Contact Ratings

Load Description Application Maximum Voltage

Current Rating


Resistive Coded 30 VDC 2.0 A


Resistive Non-Coded 125 VAC 0.9 A



Inductive (PF=0.35) Non-Coded 125 VAC 0.5 A

NC-100R(A)

6037

9co

v.jp

g

of 2 — dn-60383:A2 • 06/17/10

NOTIFIER® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Made in the U.S. A.

Agency Listings and ApprovalsIn some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certainapproval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-tory for latest listing status.

• UL/ULC Listed: S635.• CSFM approved: file 7300-0028:230.• FM approved.• MEA approved: file 72-01-E, Vol. 2.

Product Line InformationNC-100R: Intelligent addressable relay module.

NC-100RA: Intelligent addressable relay module, ULC listed model.

SMB500: Optional surface-mount backbox.

NOTE: For installation instructions, see document I56-2593-001and refer to the SLC Wiring Manual, document 52304.

DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010 — Page 1 of 4

SpectrAlert® AdvanceSelectable Output Notification Appliances

Audio/Visual Devices

DN-7087:B1

GeneralSystem Sensor® SpectrAlert® Advance selectable-outputhorns, strobes and horn/strobes are rich with features guaran-teed to cut installation times and maximize profits. The Spec-trAlert Advance series of notification appliances is designed tosimplify your installations, with features such as: plug-indesigns, instant feedback messages to ensure correct installa-tion of individual devices, and eleven field-selectable candelasettings for wall and ceiling strobes and horn/strobes.

More specifically, when installing Advance products, firstattach a universal mounting plate to a four-inch square, four-inch octagon, or double-gang junction box. The two-wiremounting plate attaches to a single-gang junction box.

Then, connect the notification appliance circuit wiring to theSEMS terminals on the mounting plate.

Finally, attach the horn, strobe, or horn/strobe to the mountingplate by inserting the product’s tabs in the mounting plate’sgrooves. The device will rotate into position, locking the prod-uct’s pins into the mounting plate’s terminals. The device willtemporarily hold in place with a catch until it is secured with acaptured mounting screw.

SpectrAlert Advance products allow you to choose:

• 12 or 24 volts.

• At 24 volts, 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177,or 185 candela by way of a rear-mounted slide switch andfront viewing window.

• Horn tones and volume by way of a rotary switch.

• The SpectrAlert Advance series includes outdoor notifica-tion appliances. Outdoor strobes and horn/strobes (two-wire and four-wire) are available for wall or ceiling. Outdoorhorns are available for wall only. All System Sensor outdoorproducts are rated between –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and66°C) in wet or dry applications.

Models available:

• Indoor wall-mount: horn, strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wirehorn/strobe.

• Indoor ceiling-mount: strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wirehorn/strobe.

• Outdoor wall-mount: horn, strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wire horn/strobe.

• Outdoor ceiling-mount: strobe, 2-wire horn/strobe, 4-wirehorn/strobe.

Features• Plug-in design.

• Same mounting plate for wall- and ceiling-mount units.• Shorting spring on mounting plate for continuity check

before installation.• Captive mounting screw.• Tamper-resistance capability.

• Field-selectable candela settings on wall and ceiling units:15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, 185.

• Automatic selection of 12 or 24 volt operation at 15 and 15/75 candela.

• Outdoor wall and ceiling products.

• Outdoor products rated from –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and66°C).

• Outdoor products rainproof per UL50 (NEMA 3R) andweatherproof per NEMA 4X, IP56

• Minimal intrusion into the backbox.

• Horn rated at 88+ dbA at 16 volts.• Rotary switch for tone selection.• Three horn volume settings.

• Electrically compatible with existing SpectrAlert products.

Engineering SpecificationsSpectrAlert Advance horns, strobes, and horn/strobes shallmount to a standard 4.0" x 4.0" x 1.5" (10.16 x 10.16 x 3.81cm) backbox, 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal backbox, or a double-gang backbox. Two-wire products shall also mount to a single-gang 2.0" x 4.0" x 1.875" (5.08 x 10.16 x 4.763 cm) backbox. Auniversal mounting plate shall be used for mounting ceilingand wall products. The notification appliance circuit wiringshall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, Spec-trAlert Advance products, when used with the Sync•Circuit™Module accessory, shall be powered from a non-coded notifi-cation appliance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal12 or 24 volts. When used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operatebetween 9 and 17.5 volts; 24-volt rated notification appliancecircuit outputs shall operate between 17 and 33 volts. IndoorSpectrAlert Advance products shall operate between 32°F and120°F (0°C and 49°C) from a regulated DC, or full-wave-recti-fied, unfiltered power supply. Strobes and horn/strobes shallhave field-selectable candela settings including 15, 15/75, 30,75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, 185.

Indoor CeilingHorn/Strobe

Outdoor CeilingStrobe

Indoor WallHorn/Strobe

Indoor CeilingStrobe

Indoor WallHorn

Outdoor WallStrobe

7087

pho

1.jp

g

7087

pho

4.jp

g

708

7ph

o3.jp

g

708

7pho

2.jp

g

7087

pho5

.jpg

7087

pho6

.jpg

of 4 — DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010

STROBEThe strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert AdvanceModel _______ listed to UL 1971 and shall be approved for fireprotective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary-sig-naling notification appliance and comply with the Americanswith Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appli-ances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe’s entire operating volt-age range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tubeand associated lens/reflector system.

HORN/STROBE COMBINATIONThe horn/strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlertAdvance Model _______ listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 andshall be approved for fire protective service. The horn/strobeshall be wired as a primary-signaling notification applianceand comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act require-ments for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over thestrobe’s entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shallconsist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector sys-tem. The horn shall have three audibility options and an optionto switch between a Temporal 3 pattern and a Non-Temporal(continuous) pattern. These options are set by a multiple posi-tion switch. On four-wire products, the strobe shall be poweredindependently of the sounder. The horn on horn/strobe modelsshall operate on a coded or non-coded power supply.

OUTDOOR PRODUCTSSpectrAlert Advance outdoor horns, strobes and horn/strobesshall be listed for outdoor use by UL and shall operatebetween –40°F and 151°F (–40°C and 66°C). The productsshall be listed for use with a System Sensor outdoor/weather-proof backbox with half-inch and three-fourths-inch conduitentries.

SYNCHRONIZATION MODULEThe module shall be a System Sensor Sync•Circuit MDL3R orMDL3W listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protec-tive service. The module shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobesat 1 Hz and horns at Temporal 3. Also, while operating thestrobes, the module shall silence the horns on horn/strobemodels over a single pair of wires. The module shall mount toa 4.688" x 4.688" x 2.125" (11.906 x 11.906 x 5.398 cm) back-box. The module shall also control two Style Y (class B) cir-cuits or one Style Z (Class A) circuit. The module shallsynchronize multiple zones. Daisy-chaining two or more syn-chronization modules together will synchronize all the zonesthey control. The module shall not operate on a coded powersupply.

Operating Specifications• Standard operating temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to

49°C).• K Series operating temperature: –40°F to 151°F (–40°C

to 66°C).• Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing (indoor

products).• Strobe flash rate: 1 flash per second.• Nominal voltage: regulated 12 VDC/FWR or regulated 24

VDC/FWR. NOTE: Full Wave Rectified (FWR) voltage is anon-regulated, time-varying power source that is used onsome power supply and panel outputs.

• Operating voltage range: 8 V to 17.5 V (12 V nominal); or16 V to 33 V (24 V nominal). NOTE: P, S, PC, and SC prod-ucts will operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 cd and 15/75cd.

• Input terminal wire gauge: 12 to 18 AWG (3.31 to 0.821mm²).

• Ceiling-mount dimensions (including lens): 6.8" diame-ter x 2.5" deep (17.3 cm diameter x 6.4 cm deep).

• Wall-mount dimensions (including lens): 5.6" H x 4.7" Wx 2.5" D (14.2 cm H x 11.9 cm W x 6.4 cm D).

• Horn dimensions: 5.6" H x 4.7" W x 1.3" D (14.2 cm H x11.9 cm W x 3.3 cm D).

Agency Listings and ApprovalsThe listings and approvals below apply to SpectrAlert AdvanceSelectable Output Notification Devices. In some cases, certainmodules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, orlisting may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing sta-tus.

• UL Listed: S4011 (HR__, HW__, P2__, P4__, PC2__,PC4__ models); S5512 (models SCR, SCRH, SCW,SCWH, SR, SRH, SW, SWH); S3593 (SCRHK, SCRK,SRHK, SRK).

• ULC Listed: S4011 (HRA, HRKA); S5512 (typically “A”models, with exception of outdoor strobes). See Canadiandata sheet for listings and specifications.

• FM approved• MEA: 452-05-E• CSFM: 7125-1653:0186 (SCR, SCRH, SCW, SCWH, SR,

SRH, SW, SWH); 7300-1653:0188 (P2_, P4_, PC2_, PC4_modules); 7135-1653:0189 (HR, HRK, HW); 7300-1653:0187 (SCRHK, SCRK, SRHK, SRK).

Strobe Current Draw,UL Maximum (mA RMS)

Candela8 – 17.5 V 16 – 33 V

DC FWR DC FWR

StandardCandelaRange

15 123 128 66 71

15/75 142 148 77 81

30 NA N/A 94 96

75 NA NA 158 153

95 NA NA 181 176

110 NA NA 202 195

115 NA NA 210 205

HighCandelaRange

135 NA NA 228 207

150 NA NA 246 220

177 NA NA 281 251

185 NA NA 286 258

Horn Current Draw,UL Maximum (mA RMS)

Sound Pattern dB

8 – 17.5 V 16 – 33 V

DC FWR DC FWR

Temporal High 57 55 69 75

Temporal Medium 44 49 58 69

Temporal Low 38 44 44 48

Non-temporal High 57 56 69 75

Non-temporal Medium 42 50 60 69

Non-temporal Low 41 44 50 50

Coded High 57 55 69 75

Coded Medium 44 51 56 69

Coded Low 40 46 52 50

DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010 — Page 3 of 4

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, STANDARD Candela Range (15 – 115 cd),UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS)

Input, Sound Pattern, dB Level

8 – 17.5 V 16 – 33 V

15 15/75 15 15/75 30 75 95 110 115

DC Input, Temporal, High 137 147 79 90 107 176 194 212 218

DC Input, Temporal, Medium 132 144 69 80 97 157 182 201 210

DC Input, Temporal, Low 132 143 66 77 93 154 179 198 207

DC Input, Non-temporal, High 141 152 91 100 116 176 201 221 229

DC Input, Non-temporal, Medium 133 145 75 85 102 163 187 207 216

DC Input, Non-temporal, Low 131 144 68 79 96 156 182 201 210

FWR Input, Temporal, High 136 155 88 97 112 168 190 210 218

FWR Input, Temporal, Medium 129 152 78 88 103 160 184 202 206

FWR Input, Temporal, Low 129 151 76 86 101 160 184 194 201

FWR Input, Non-temporal, High 142 161 103 112 126 181 203 221 229

FWR Input, Non-temporal, Medium 134 155 85 95 110 166 189 208 216

FWR Input, Non-temporal, Low 132 154 80 90 105 161 184 202 211

Two-Wire Horn/Strobe, HIGH Candela Range (135 – 185 cd),UL Maximum Current Draw (mA RMS)

DC Input16 – 33 V

FWR Input16 – 33 V

135 150 177 185 135 150 177 185

DC, Temporal, High 245 259 290 297 FWR, Temporal, High 215 231 258 265

DC, Temporal, Medium 235 253 288 297 FWR, Temporal, Medium 209 224 250 258

DC, Temporal, Low 232 251 282 292 FWR, Temporal, Low 207 221 248 256

DC, Non-temporal, High 255 270 303 309 FWR, Non-temporal, High 233 248 275 281

DC, Non-temporal, Medium 242 259 293 299 FWR, Non-temporal, Medium 219 232 262 267

DC, Non-temporal, Low 238 254 291 295 FWR, Non-temporal, Low 214 229 256 262

7087dim12009.tif

2.5

2.5”

4.7”

5.6”

6.8”

Horn and Horn/Strobe Output (dBA)

SwitchPosition

Sound Pattern dB

8 – 17.5 V 16 – 33 V

DC FWR DC FW

R

1 Temporal High 78 78 84 84

2 Temporal Medium 74 74 80 80

3 Temporal Low 71 73 76 76

4 Non-temporal High 82 82 88 88

5 Non-temporal Medium 78 78 85 85

6 Non-temporal Low 75 75 81 81

7* Coded High 82 82 88 88

8* Coded Medium 78 78 85 85

9* Coded Low 75 75 81 81


Horn and Horn/StrobeRotary Switch Setting

Setting Repetition Rate dB Level

1 Temporal horn High

2 Temporal horn Medium

3 Temporal horn Low

4 Normal horn High

5 Normal horn Medium

6 Normal horn Low

7* Externally coded High

8* Externally coded Medium

9* Externally coded Low


of 4 — DN-7087:B1 • 09/27/2010

Sync•Circuit™ is a trademark and NOTIFIER® and SpectrAlert® areregistered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Ordering Information

Model Description Model Description

WALL HORN/STROBES CEILING HORN/STROBES













WALL STROBES CEILING STROBES

SR Strobe, standard cd, red. SCR Strobe, standard cd, red.

SRH Strobe, high cd, red. SCRH Strobe, high cd, red.

SRK Strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor. SCRK Strobe, standard cd, red, outdoor.

SRHK Strobe, high cd, red, outdoor. SCRHK Strobe, high cd, red, outdoor.

SW Strobe, standard cd, white. SCW Strobe, standard cd, white.

SWH Strobe, high cd, white. SCWH Strobe, high cd, white.

ACCESSORIES HORNS

BBS-2A Backbox skirt, wall, red. HR Horn, red.

BBSW-2A Backbox skirt, wall, white. HRK Horn, red, outdoor.

BBSC-2A Backbox skirt, ceiling, red. HW Horn, white.

BBSCW-2A

Backbox skirt, ceiling, white. ACCESSORIES, continued

SA-WBB Weatherproof backbox, wall. MP-2W-20BP 2-wire indoor mounting plates, pkg of 20.

SA-WBBC Weatherproof backbox, ceiling. cont’d at right MPK-2W-20BP 2-wire outdoor mounting plates, pkg of 20.

1. “High cd” refers to strobes that include 135, 150, 177, and 185 candela settings. “Standard cd” refers to strobesthat include 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, and 115 candela settings. 2. For strobes and horn/strobes, add suffix “F” for French or “B” for Bilingual.3. All outdoor models (“K” suffix) include weatherproof backbox.

shannon_almon

Highlight

shannon_almon

Highlight

shannon_almon

Right Arrow

shannon_almon

Right Arrow

dn-7114:c • 5/22/09 — Page 1 of 2

N-ANN-8080-Character LCD Serial Annunciator

Annunciators

dn-7114:c • A1-65

7114

cov.

jpg

GeneralThe N-ANN-80 annunciator is a compact, backlit, 80-characterLCD fire annunciator that mimics the Fire Alarm Control Panel(FACP) display. It provides system status indicators for ACPower, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Alarm Silenced condi-tions. The N-ANN-80 and the FACP communicate over a two-wire serial interface employing the ANN-BUS communicationformat. Connected devices are powered, via two additionalwires, by either the host FACP or a remote UL-listed, filteredpower supply. N-ANN-80 is black; for white order N-ANN-80-W.

The N-ANN-80 displays English-language text of system pointinformation including device type, zone, independent pointalarm, trouble or supervisory status, as well as any customalpha labels programmed into the control panel. It includes con-trol switches for remote control of critical system functions. (Akeyswitch prevents unauthorized operation of the controlswitches.)

Up to eight N-ANN-80s may be connected to the ANN-BUS ofeach FACP. Minimal programming is required, which saves timeduring system commissioning. The N-ANN-80 is compatiblewith NOTIFIER FACPs with an ANN-BUS, such as the NFW-50.

Features• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition.• Backlit 80-character LCD display (20 characters x 4 lines).• Mimics all display information from the host panel.• Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence,

Drill, and Reset.• Control switches can be independently enabled or disabled

at the FACP.• Keyswitch enables/disables control switches and mechani-

cally locks annunciator enclosure • Keyswitch can be enabled or disabled at the FACP.• Enclosure supervised for tamper.• System status LEDs for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervi-

sory, and Alarm Silence.• Local sounder can be enabled or disabled at the FACP.• N-ANN-80 connects to the ANN-BUS terminal on the FACP

and requires minimal panel programming.• Displays device type identifiers, individual point alarm, trou-

ble, supervisory, zone, and custom alpha labels.• Time-and date display field.• Surface mount directly to wall or to single, double, or 4"

square electrical box.• Semi-flush mount to single, double, or 4" square electrical

box. Use ANN-SB80KIT for angled view mounting.• Can be remotely located up to 6,000 feet (1,800 m) from the

panel.• Backlight turns off during AC loss to conserve battery power

but will turn back on if an alarm condition occurs.• May be powered by 24 VDC from the host FACP or by remote

power supply (requires 24 VDC).• Up to eight N-ANN-80s can be connected on the ANN-BUS.

Controls and Indicators• AC Power• Alarm

• Trouble• Supervisory• Alarm Silenced

Specifications• Operating voltage range: 18 VDC to 28 VDC.• Current consumption @ 24 VDC nominal (filtered and non-

resettable): 40 mA maximum.• Ambient temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).• Relative humidity: 93% ± 2% RH (noncondensing) at 32°C

± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F).• 5.375” (13.65 cm.) high x 6.875” (17.46 cm.) wide x 1.375”

(3.49 cm.) deep.• For use indoors in a dry location.• All connections are power-limited and supervised.

Agency Listings and ApprovalsThe listings and approvals below apply to the N-ANN-80. Insome cases, certain modules may not be listed by certainapproval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factoryfor latest listing status.

• UL: S635• FM approved• CSFM: 7120-0028:240

• MEA: 442-06-E Vol. 2

The ANN-BUS

POWERING THE DEVICES ON THE ANN-BUS FROMAUXILIARY POWER SUPPLYThe ANN-BUS can be powered by an auxiliary power supplywhen the maximum number of ANN-BUS devices exceeds theANN-BUS power requirements. See the FACP manual for moreinformation.

of 2 — dn-7114:c • 5/22/09

©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized useof this document is strictly prohibited.




Made in the U.S. A.

ANN-BUS DEVICE ADDRESSINGEach ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID Number)in order to communicate with the FACP. A maximum of 8 devicescan be connected to the FACP ANN-BUS communication circuit.See the FACP manual for more information.

WIRE REQUIREMENTS: COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITThe N-ANN-80 connects to the FACP ANN-BUS communica-tions circuit. To determine the type of wire and the maximum wir-ing distance that can be used with FACP ANN-BUS accessorymodules, it is necessary to calculate the total worst case currentdraw for all modules on a single 4-conductor bus. The total worstcase current draw is calculated by adding the individual worstcase currents for each module.

NOTE: For total worst case current draw on a single ANN-BUSrefer to appropriate FACP manual.

After calculating the total worst case current draw, the followingtable specifies the maximum distance the modules can belocated from the FACP on a single wire run. The table ensures6.0 volts of line drop maximum. In general, the wire length is lim-ited by resistance, but for heavier wire gauges, capacitance isthe limiting factor.

These cases are marked in the chart with an asterisk (*). Maxi-mum length can never be more than 6,000 feet (1,800 m),regardless of gauge used. See table below.

WIRE REQUIREMENTS: POWER CIRCUIT• 14 to 18 AWG (0.75 - 2.08 mm2) wire for 24 VDC power cir-

cuit is acceptable.• All connections are power-limited and supervised.• A maximum of eight N-ANN-80 modules may be connected

to this circuit.

WIRING CONFIGURATIONThe following figure illustrates the wiring between the FACP andANN-BUS devices.

FACP Wiring to ANN-BUS Device

ORDERING OPTIONS:N-ANN-80: Black 80 character LCD Annunciator.

N-ANN-80-W: White, 80 character LCD Annunciator.

ANN-SB80KIT-B: Black surface mount backbox with angledwedge.

ANN-SB80KIT-W: White surface mount backbox with angledwedge.

Communication Pair Wiring Distance: FACP to Last ANN-BUS Module

Total Worst Case Current Draw (amps)

22 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge

0.100 1,852 ft. 4,688 ft. * 6,000 ft. *6,000 ft.

0.200 926 ft. 2,344 ft. 3,731 ft. 5,906 ft.

0.300 617 ft. 1,563 ft. 2,488 ft. 3,937 ft.

0.400 463 ft. 1,172 ft. 1,866 ft. 2,953 ft.

0.500 370 ft. 938 ft. 1,493 ft. 2,362 ft.

0.600 309 ft. 781 ft. 1,244 ft. 1,969 ft.

0.700 265 ft. 670 ft. 1,066 ft. 1,687 ft.

0.800 231 ft. 586 ft. 933 ft. 1,476 ft.

0.900 206 ft. 521 ft. 829 ft. 1,312 ft.

1.000 (max.) 185 ft. 469 ft. 746 ft. 1,181 ft.

ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited.

ANN-BUS Device

NFW-50

FIXTURE TYPE EXIT

MANUFACTURE: SURE-LITES

DESCRIPTION: EXIT LIGHT

PART # AP6 0 R W 120

LAMPS: LED

WEB SITE: www.cooperindustries.com

FACTORY REP: Specified Lighting 317-577-8100

SUPPLIER: FD Lawrence 317-549-1100

Warranty on Ballast 5 Years from Ship Date 01-02-2011

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

Catalog #

Project

Comments

Prepared by

Type

Date

4 5/16” [109.53mm]

11 13/16” [300mm]

7 1/2” [190mm]

4 3/4” [120.65mm]

1 7/8” [47.62mm]

11/16”[17.46.mm]

Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice.Consult your representative for additional options and finishes.

COOPER LIGHTING - SURE-LITES®

The All Pro Series exit (AP60/70) is the most economical LED exit forgeneral purpose applications. The durable, injection molded,thermoplastic material resists discoloration due to UV radiation and theenergy efficient, low maintenance LED's provide bright illumination. AllAP series exits offer universal configurations (single and double face) andhave universal mounting capability (ceiling, wall, end).

SPECIFICATION FEATURES

Electrical- Dual Voltage Input 120/277 VAC,

60Hz- Solid-state Voltage Limited

charger (AP70)- Brownout circuit (AP70) - Test Switch/Power Indicator Light (AP70)

Battery (AP70)- Sealed Nickel Cadmium- Maintenance-free, Long-life- Full recharge time,

24 hrs. (max.)

Housing Construct ion- All components are injection-

molded, color stable, high impact thermoplastic material

- Designer white textured finish standard

- Components are of snap-fit

construction to facilitate under 5-minute installation

- Reinforcing ribs throughoutto provide maximum strength

- Molded-in wireways facilitateinternal wire routing and connections

- All components including battery and electronics are located inside the exit housing

- Snap-out or snap-in chevron directional indicators have full3/4" stroke

- Universal exits can be field configured as single face or double face

- Snap-fit canopy with mounting screws included with all exits

- Exit can be ceiling, wall, or end mounted

- Universal J-box mountingpattern

Lamp Data- AC LED: Long-life LED lamps

provide uniform diffused illumination

- DC: LED DC lamps (Brighter in emergency mode, AP70)

Code Compliance- UL 924 Listed- Damp Location- Life Safety NFPA 101- NEC/OSHA- Most State and Local Codes

Warranty- Exit: 5-Year- Battery: 15-Year, pro-rata

(Nickel Cadmium, AP70)

AP SERIES

DESCRIPTION

E N E R G Y DATASealed Nickel

Cadmium Battery

LED Exits - Red

Input Power:

120V = 2.3W

277V = 2.3W

Input Current (Max.):

120V = .02A

277V = .01A

Power Factor:

120V = > .8

277V = > .8

LED Exits - Green

Input Power:

120V = 2.0W

277V = 2.0W


120V = .02A

277V = .01A

Power Factor:

120V = > .8

277V = > .8

E N E R G YDATAAC Only

LED Exits - Red

Input Power:

120V = 2.0W

277V = 2.0W


120V = .02A

277V = .01A

Power Factor:

120V = > .8

277V = > .8

LED Exits - Green

Input Power:

120V = 1.3W

277V = 1.2W


120V = .02A

277V = .01A

Power Factor:

120V = > .7

277V = > .7

ADX041751 pc2010-08-18 11:37:42

THERMOPLASTIC EXIT

AC ONLYSELF POWERED

EMERGENCYLED LAMPS

EXIT LIGHTING

ORDERING INFORMATION

Letter Colors

R Red=

G Green=

Voltage

__ 120 / 277V=

Family

AP6 AC only LED, All Pro Exit=

AP7 Self-Powered with LED, All Pro Exit

=Accessories 2

Protective Housing

VS Polycarbonate Vandal Shield3=

WG Wire Guard4=

Housing Finish

__ White=Face Options

0 Universal=

Battery

__ Nickel Cadmium1=

Notes: 1 Nickel Cadmium for AP70 only. 2 Order separately. 3 Choose polycarbonate vandal shield desired from accessories sheet. 4 Choose size of wire guard from

accessories sheet.

AP6=AC only LED, All Pro Exit

0=Universal

R=Red

White

120 / 277V

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

EXIT

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice.Sure-Lites • Customer First Center • 1121 Highway 74 South • Peachtree City, GA 30269 • TEL 770.486.4800 • FAX 770.486.4801

TECHNICAL DATA

LampsSelf-Powered LED versions of the All ProEmergency Series Exits use energy efficient,long life LEDs to provide uniform diffuseillumination of the exit face. Both the red andgreen LEDs require no maintenance andconsume a total of 3.0 watts. The low operatingcosts and zero maintenance requirement makesLED lamps the wisest choice for exit signstoday. Emergency illumination is provided byLED lamps.

Housing Construct ionRugged, durable, injection moldedthermoplastic materials are used throughout theAll Pro Emergency Series Exits. All structuralcomponents are designed with reinforcing ribsto add additional rigidity and to maximizestructural integrity. These materials are impactand scratch resistant, and they have been UVstabilized to resist discoloration due to age andultraviolet radiation. All components aredesigned to be of snap-fit construction - nomechanical fasteners - to facilitate installation inunder 5-minutes. Any components required forinstallation (wirenuts, wire leads, universalmetal J-box bracket, etc.) are all included witheach exit. The universal design of the All ProSeries Exits enables universal exits to beconfigured as single face or double face in thefield. All Self-Powered All Pro Series Exits can bewall, ceiling, or end mounted; a rugged, snap-fit,low profile canopy with captive screws isincluded with every exit for ceiling and endmounting applications.

LensLenses for Self-powered versions of the All ProSeries Exits are made from durable impactresistant thermoplastic. All exit faces aredesigned with full 3/4” stroke snap-out or snap-in chevron directional indicators to insuremaximum visibility and compliance with thelatest codes.

Sol id-State Charger (AP70)Supplied with a 120/277 VAC, voltage regulatedsolid-state charger. Immediately uponrestoration of AC current after a power failure,the charger provides a high charge rate. Thecharge circuit reacts to the condition of thebattery and regulates the charging process inorder to maintain peak battery capacity andmaximize battery life. Solid-state constructionrecharges the battery following a power failurein accordance with UL 924.

Brownout Circuit (AP70)The brownout circuit on All Pro exits monitorsthe flow of AC current to the exit and activatesthe emergency lighting system when apredetermined reduction of AC power occurs.This dip in voltage will cause most ballastedfixtures to extinguish causing loss of normallighting even though a total power failure hasnot occurred.

Test Switch/Power Indicator L ight (AP70)A test switch located on the side of the exitpermits the activation of the emergency circuitfor a complete operational systems check. ThePower Indicator Light provides visual assurancethat the AC power is on.

Sealed Nickel Cadmium Battery (AP70) All Pro Emergency sealed nickel cadmiumbatteries are maintenance free with a lifeexpectancy of 15 years. The sealed rechargeablenickel cadmium battery offers high dischargerates and stable performance over a wide rangeof temperatures. The specially designedresealable vent automatically controls cellpressure, assuring safety and reliability. Thisbattery is best suited for harsh ambienttemperatures because the electrolyte is notactive in the electrochemical process.

WarrantyThe All Pro Series exit signs are backed by afirm (5) year warranty against defects inmaterial and workmanship. In addition, thesealed nickel cadmium batteries carry a (15)year pro-rata warranty.

AP SERIES

ADX041751 pc2010-08-18 11:37:422010-08-18 11:08:54

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F1

MANUFACTURE: METALUX

DESCRIPTION: 2X4 STANDARD LENS

PART # 2-GR8-332-A-UNV-L8735-EB81

LAMPS: T8 32 L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

COOPER LIGHTING - METALUX®

Catalog # Type

Date

Project

Comments

Prepared by

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING

TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of

disconnecting power.

23-3/4" [603mm]

3-3/4"[95mm]

COOPER LIGHTING

DESCRIPT ION

The GR8 is a T8-dedicated lensed troffer designed to offer premiumperformance in a low profile housing. T8 dedication and optimizedlamp to lens spacing provides the best in energy efficiency and opticalcontrol. The GR8’s shallow, low profile housing is compatible with evenhighly restrictive plenums. Luminaires are compatible with today’spopular ceiling systems.

APPL ICAT ION

The GR8 offers great performance and great quality. The series is anexcellent choice for commercial offices, schools, hospitals, retailmerchandising and many other applications.

EB Ballast & STD Lamps

328T8 (67)

332 (91)

Luminaire Efficacy Rating

LER = FL-68

Catalog Number: 2GR8-332A

Yearly Cost of 1000 lumens,

3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53

*Standard G (Grid) Type Fixtures can befield converted by adding trim kits. SeeCompatibility Section or Consult Factory.

**Reference the lamp/ballast data in theTechnical Section for specific lamp/ballastrequirements.

***Order FCS-24W-U Flange Kit forinstallation in drywall ceiling. See optionsand accessories compatibility section.

2GR8328T8

332

2 ' X 4 ' T R O F F E R3 T 8 L A M P S

General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer

ADF012708

E N E R G Y D A T A

Input Watts:

SPEC IF ICAT ION FEATURES

A …C o n s t r u c t i o n

Unitized low profile recessedhousing is die formed of codegauge prime cold rolled steelwith full length stiffeners andmechanical endplate attachmentfor added strength. Off center,ballast cover is easily removedwithout tools. Die formedcaptive lampholder bracket fullyencloses lampholder wiring foreasy lampholder replacement.Ample KOs are provided forcontinuous row wiring. Built-ingrid-lock feature for safety andconvenience. Standard unit isNYC Approved. (Nomodifications necessary).

B …E l e c t r i c a l * *Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class “P”and are positively secured bymounting bolts. Pressure locklampholders. UL/CUL listed.Suitable for damp locations.

C …F i n i s h

Multistage, iron phosphatepretreatment ensures maximumbonding and rust inhibition.Lighting grade baked whiteenamel finish with premiumreflectance for high efficiency.

D …H i n g i n g / L a t c h i n g

Positive spring loaded cam actionsteel latches and safety lock T-hinges provide secure, highquality door fit and allow hingingand latching from either side.

A B C DE

23-3/4"[603mm]

47-15/16" [1218mm]5-3/4" [146mm]3-7/8" [98mm]

1" [26mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

2-11/16" [69mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

3-3/4" [95mm]

X=5-3/8" [137mm]

X X

M O U N T I N G D A T A L A M P C O N F I G U R A T I O N S

C E I L I N G C O M P A T I B I L I T Y

GGrid/Lay-inStandard

GConcealed T

GSlot Grid

FFlange TrimWith SupportingSwing Gates

Ceiling TrimType TypeExposed Grid GConcealed T GSlot Grid GFlange G***

D O O R F R A M E S

2GR8Flat, White Steel (White Latches)

E …F r a m e / S h i e l d i n g

Heavy gauge flat steel door isdie formed with reinforcedmitered corners. Housing anddoor frame assembliesincorporate full length andwidth mechanical light traps.Light stabilized, acrylicprismatic lens.

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

F1

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Cande la

Angle Along II 45° Across⊥0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

2460 2460 2460

2445 2456 2468

2416 2440 2464

2367 2409 2449

2295 2358 2413

2194 2281 2352

2063 2176 2266

1900 2045 2163

1705 1879 2015

1474 1650 1794

1200 1362 1474

932 1045 1122

710 745 811

533 497 566

389 326 416

275 243 327

201 204 251

110 122 143

0 0 0

2GR8-228T8A 31 lbs.2GR8-332A 31 lbs.

S H I P P I N G I N F O R M A T I O N

Catalog No. Wt.

Coe f f i c i en ts o f Ut i l i za t ion

Effective floor cavity reflectance 20%

rc 80% 70% 50% 30% 10% 0%

rw 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0

RCR

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Typ ica l VCP Percentages

Height Along Height Across

Room Size (Ft.) 8.5’ 10.0’ 8.5’ 10.0’

20 x 20

30 x 30

30 x 60

60 x 30

60 x 60

P H O T O M E T R I C S

Zona l Lumen Summary

Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixture

0-30

0-40

0-60

0-90

0-180

||

⊥

2GR8-332A Electronic Ballast

F32T8/35K lamps2800 lumens

Spacing criterion:(II) 1.2 x mountingheight, (⊥) 1.4 xmounting height

Efficiency 76.0%

Test Report:2GR8332A.IES

LER = FL-68

Yearly Cost of 1000lumens, 3000 hrs at.08 KWH = $3.53

1965 23.4 30.8

3239 38.6 50.7

5421 64.5 84.9

6386 76.0 100.0

6386 76.0 100.0

67 71 64 68

60 64 57 61

52 55 47 50

62 66 60 64

52 55 48 51

91 91 91 91 88 88 88 88 84 84 84 81 81 81 78 78 78 76

84 81 78 75 82 79 76 74 76 74 72 73 71 69 70 69 67 66

77 72 67 63 75 70 66 63 68 64 61 65 62 60 63 61 59 57

71 64 59 54 70 63 58 54 61 57 53 59 55 52 57 54 51 50

66 58 52 47 64 57 51 47 55 50 46 53 49 45 51 48 45 43

60 51 45 40 59 51 45 40 49 44 40 48 43 39 46 42 39 37

56 46 40 35 54 46 40 35 44 39 35 43 38 35 42 38 34 33

51 42 35 31 50 41 35 31 40 34 31 39 34 30 38 33 30 29

47 37 31 27 46 37 31 27 36 30 27 35 30 26 34 30 26 25

44 34 27 23 43 33 27 23 32 27 23 31 26 23 31 26 23 21

41 30 24 20 40 30 24 20 29 24 20 29 24 20 28 23 20 19

2 G R 8

ADF012708Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801 8/09

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com

NOTES: (1)An EQ Grid Clip is recommended for all 9/16" ceiling systems. (2)Standard off-center ballast compartment on 3-lamp fixtures. (3)Products alsoavailable in non-US voltages and frequencies for international markets. (4)Not available when specifying emergencies, voltage must be specific.

For complete product data, reference the Fluorescent Specification binder. Specifications & dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your CooperLighting Representative for availability and ordering information.

O R D E R I N G I N F O R M A T I O N

S A M P L E N U M B E R : 2 G R 8 - 3 3 2 A - 1 2 0 V - E B 8 1 - U

Number ofLamps(2)

3=3 Lamps(Not included)

Wattage (Length)28T8=28W T8 (48") 32=32W T8 (48")

Voltage (3)

120V=120 Volt277V=277 Volt347V=347 VoltUNV=Universal Voltage 120-277 (4)

A=#12 Pattern AcrylicA125=#12 Pattern Acrylic (.125" Thick)A19/156=#19 Pattern Acrylic (.156"Thick)IMA 48=Injection Moldeed Acrylic(.150" Thick)PB1S=Silver Parabolic Louver (1/2" x1/2" x 1/2")(Additional shielding media available, seeaccessory section)

SeriesGR8=General PurposeT8 CommercialTroffer (1)

2=2' Width

OptionsGL=Single Element FuseGM=Double Element FuseLamps=Lamps InstalledFlex=Flex InstalledEL=Emergency Installed

OptionsFCS-24W-U=FieldInstalled Flange Kit (See options & accessories )

PackagingU=Unit Pack

Ballast Type (3)

EB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

EB8 /PLUS= T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor >1.13. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

ER8 =T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

HPT8 BallastHB8 L=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Low Ballast Factor .77HB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Ballast Factor .88HB8 N=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Normal Ballast Factor 1.0HB8 H=T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2HR8 DIM=T8 Electronic Program Start Step Dimming. Ballast Factor .88HR8 L=T8 Electronic Program Start. Low Ballast Factor .77HR8 =T8 Electronic Program Start. Ballast Factor .88HR8 H=T8 Electronic Program Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2

No. of Ballast1, 2 or 3



A C C E S S O R I E SEQ-CLIP-U=T-BAR SafetyEarthquake Clips(1)

2 GR8 3 32 A UNV L8735 EB81 U

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F1T



PART # 2-GR8-332-A-UNV-L8735-EB81 W-2 BALLAST

LAMPS: T8 32 L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS


Catalog # Type

Date

Project

Comments

Prepared by





23-3/4" [603mm]

3-3/4"[95mm]

COOPER LIGHTING

DESCRIPT ION


APPL ICAT ION



328T8 (67)

332 (91)


LER = FL-68



3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53




2GR8328T8

332

2 ' X 4 ' T R O F F E R3 T 8 L A M P S


ADF012708

E N E R G Y D A T A

Input Watts:





C …F i n i s h




A B C DE

23-3/4"[603mm]

47-15/16" [1218mm]5-3/4" [146mm]3-7/8" [98mm]

1" [26mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

2-11/16" [69mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

3-3/4" [95mm]

X=5-3/8" [137mm]

X X




GConcealed T

GSlot Grid



D O O R F R A M E S




BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

F1T

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Cande la


5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

2460 2460 2460

2445 2456 2468

2416 2440 2464

2367 2409 2449

2295 2358 2413

2194 2281 2352

2063 2176 2266

1900 2045 2163

1705 1879 2015

1474 1650 1794

1200 1362 1474

932 1045 1122

710 745 811

533 497 566

389 326 416

275 243 327

201 204 251

110 122 143

0 0 0

2GR8-228T8A 31 lbs.2GR8-332A 31 lbs.


Catalog No. Wt.



rc 80% 70% 50% 30% 10% 0%

rw 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0

RCR

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10



Room Size (Ft.) 8.5’ 10.0’ 8.5’ 10.0’

20 x 20

30 x 30

30 x 60

60 x 30

60 x 60




0-30

0-40

0-60

0-90

0-180

||

⊥




Efficiency 76.0%


LER = FL-68


1965 23.4 30.8

3239 38.6 50.7

5421 64.5 84.9

6386 76.0 100.0

6386 76.0 100.0

67 71 64 68

60 64 57 61

52 55 47 50

62 66 60 64

52 55 48 51

91 91 91 91 88 88 88 88 84 84 84 81 81 81 78 78 78 76

84 81 78 75 82 79 76 74 76 74 72 73 71 69 70 69 67 66

77 72 67 63 75 70 66 63 68 64 61 65 62 60 63 61 59 57

71 64 59 54 70 63 58 54 61 57 53 59 55 52 57 54 51 50

66 58 52 47 64 57 51 47 55 50 46 53 49 45 51 48 45 43

60 51 45 40 59 51 45 40 49 44 40 48 43 39 46 42 39 37

56 46 40 35 54 46 40 35 44 39 35 43 38 35 42 38 34 33

51 42 35 31 50 41 35 31 40 34 31 39 34 30 38 33 30 29

47 37 31 27 46 37 31 27 36 30 27 35 30 26 34 30 26 25

44 34 27 23 43 33 27 23 32 27 23 31 26 23 31 26 23 21

41 30 24 20 40 30 24 20 29 24 20 29 24 20 28 23 20 19

2 G R 8







Number ofLamps(2)



Voltage (3)




2=2' Width




Ballast Type (3)









2 GR8 3 32 A UNV L8735 EB82 U

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F2


DESCRIPTION: 2X4 STANDARD LENS 2 LAMP

PART # 2-GR8-232-A-UNV-L8735-EB81

LAMPS: T8 32 L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS


Catalog # Type

Date

Project

Comments

Prepared by





23-3/4" [603mm]

3-3/4"[95mm]

COOPER LIGHTING

DESCRIPT ION


APPL ICAT ION



328T8 (67)

332 (91)


LER = FL-68



3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.53




2GR8328T8

332

2 ' X 4 ' T R O F F E R3 T 8 L A M P S


ADF012708

E N E R G Y D A T A

Input Watts:





C …F i n i s h




A B C DE

23-3/4"[603mm]

47-15/16" [1218mm]5-3/4" [146mm]3-7/8" [98mm]

1" [26mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

1-1/2" [38mm]

2-11/16" [69mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

3-3/4" [95mm]

X=5-3/8" [137mm]

X X




GConcealed T

GSlot Grid



D O O R F R A M E S




BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

F2

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Cande la


5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

2460 2460 2460

2445 2456 2468

2416 2440 2464

2367 2409 2449

2295 2358 2413

2194 2281 2352

2063 2176 2266

1900 2045 2163

1705 1879 2015

1474 1650 1794

1200 1362 1474

932 1045 1122

710 745 811

533 497 566

389 326 416

275 243 327

201 204 251

110 122 143

0 0 0

2GR8-228T8A 31 lbs.2GR8-332A 31 lbs.


Catalog No. Wt.



rc 80% 70% 50% 30% 10% 0%

rw 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0

RCR

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10



Room Size (Ft.) 8.5’ 10.0’ 8.5’ 10.0’

20 x 20

30 x 30

30 x 60

60 x 30

60 x 60




0-30

0-40

0-60

0-90

0-180

||

⊥




Efficiency 76.0%


LER = FL-68


1965 23.4 30.8

3239 38.6 50.7

5421 64.5 84.9

6386 76.0 100.0

6386 76.0 100.0

67 71 64 68

60 64 57 61

52 55 47 50

62 66 60 64

52 55 48 51

91 91 91 91 88 88 88 88 84 84 84 81 81 81 78 78 78 76

84 81 78 75 82 79 76 74 76 74 72 73 71 69 70 69 67 66

77 72 67 63 75 70 66 63 68 64 61 65 62 60 63 61 59 57

71 64 59 54 70 63 58 54 61 57 53 59 55 52 57 54 51 50

66 58 52 47 64 57 51 47 55 50 46 53 49 45 51 48 45 43

60 51 45 40 59 51 45 40 49 44 40 48 43 39 46 42 39 37

56 46 40 35 54 46 40 35 44 39 35 43 38 35 42 38 34 33

51 42 35 31 50 41 35 31 40 34 31 39 34 30 38 33 30 29

47 37 31 27 46 37 31 27 36 30 27 35 30 26 34 30 26 25

44 34 27 23 43 33 27 23 32 27 23 31 26 23 31 26 23 21

41 30 24 20 40 30 24 20 29 24 20 29 24 20 28 23 20 19

2 G R 8







Number ofLamps(2)



Voltage (3)




2=2' Width




Ballast Type (3)









2 GR8 2 32 A UNV L8735 EB81 U

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F3


DESCRIPTION: WALL MOUNT FIXTURE

PART # BUI 2 32 UNV EB81

LAMPS: T8 32 L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

Catalog #

Project

Comments

Prepared by

Type

Date


10/31/2007 2:26:22 PMConsult your representative for additional options and finishes.

Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice. ADF020687

MOUNTING DATA

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS

DESCRIPTION

The BI Series fills the need for a very low brightness wall bracket. This

specification grade wall bracket with an injection molded refractor produces

effective up, down or combination lighting. This energy efficient luminaire

offers up lighting, multi-level switching and convenience outlets as options.

These design features ensure that the BI Series will offer ease of use and

comfort.

The BI Series features specification efficiency in a low profile wall bracket.

The Series is an excellent choice for dressing rooms, lavatories, hospital and

nursing homes, stairways and task lighting.

A ... ConstructionHousing die formed code gauge

cold rolled steel. Channel cover

secured by quarter-turn fasteners

for easy wiring. Up, down or

combination lighting with 3 and 4

foot fixtures. Decorative opaque

injection molded end plates.

B ... ElectricalBallast are CBM/ETL Class "P" and

positively secured by mounting

bolts. Pressure lock lampholders.

UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp

locations.

C ... FinishPainted after fabrication.

Electrostatically applied baked

white polyester powder enamel

finish. Multistage cleaning cycle,

iron phosphate coating with rust

inhibitor. Conveyorized application

and baking timing accurately

controlled at an elevated

temperature.

D ... Frame/ShieldingInjection molded 100% virgin

acrylic diffuser and end cap.

Quadrasided diffuser prism shapes

accurately molded for optimum

light brightness control. Diffuser

slides forward for easy installation

and maintenance. Uplight diffuser

prismatic acrylic.

BI, BIU120

117

130

125

140

132

220

217

230

225

240

232

COMMERCIAL PLUSWALL BRACKET

2' Wall Bracket1 or 2 Lamp LTS or HTS

3' or 4' Wall Bracket1 or 2 Lamp

3-1/2"[89mm]

7-1/2" [190mm]

A B C D

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDINGTO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power

Ceiling Stand-OffEmbossments

Keyhole

Ground Screw Bump7/8" K.O. (1)

3-1/2"[89mm]

1-3/4"[44mm]

1"[25mm]

24-3/4" [629mm]16" [406mm]

5-7/8"[149mm]

Stand-Off Embossments

Keyhole

Ground Screw Bump7/8" K.O. (1)

3-1/2"[89mm]

1"[25mm]

1-3/4"[44mm]

36-3/4" [933mm]32" [813mm]


Keyhole

Ground Screw Bump

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (3)

40-5/8" [1032mm]32" [813mm]

3-1/2"[89mm]

1"[25mm]

1-3/4"[44mm]

48-3/4" [1238mm]

X

7-1/2"[190mm]

X=3-1/2"[89mm]

X

7-1/2"[190mm]

X=3-1/2"[89mm]

X

7-1/2"[190mm]

X=3-1/2"[89mm]

X

7-1/2"[190mm]

X=3-1/2"[89mm]

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

F3

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Metalux • Customer First Center • 1121 Highway 74 South • Peachtree City, GA 30269 • TEL 770.486.4800 • FAX 770.486.4801 10/31/2007 2:26:22 PM


PHOTOMETRICS

SHIPPING INFORMATION

BI, BIU


Sample Number: BI-232-120V-EB81-U

Packaging

U Unit Pack=

Ballast Type 1

Blank Standard Magnetic T12 Ballast=

EB Electronic Instant Start=

ER T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

=

Options

PLUS Higher Ballast Factor > 1.13. Total Harmonic Distortion < 20%

=

RLS Rotor Lock Socket (T8 Lamp only)

=

2/1LB (2) One-Lamp Ballasts (When RS4 or PS4 option is used)

=

INL Incandescent Night Light (up to 40 Watt)

=

PL5PL7 Fluorescent Night Light (5 or 7 Watt) only available in fixtures without a baffle

=

BH Matte Black Finish (Lens Housing)=

CO Convenience Outlet (120V only)=

RS1 Rotary Switch (1 Circuit, 120V only)

=

PS1 Pull Switch (1 Circuit)=

RS1D Rotary Switch wired to Downlight Circuit on a two circuit fixture (120V only)

=

PS1D Pull Switch, wired to Downlight Circuit on a two circuit fixture (120V only)

=

RS4 Four-way rotary switch, for two circuit, two lamp fixture (120V only)

1=

PS4 Four-way pull switch, for two circuit 2 lamp fixture (120V only)

=

Ballast Start Type

LTS Low Trigger Start (20W only) (120V only)

=

HTS High Trigger Start (20W only)

=

Series

BI Steel Wall Bracket Downlight only

=

BIU Steel Wall Bracket (Up and Down Light)

=

Number of Lamps1 Lamp (Not Included)

2 Lamps (Not Included)

Lamp Size

2 T12=

8 T8=

Voltage 1

120V 120 Volt=

277V 277 Volt=

347V 347 Volt=

UNV Universal Voltage 120-277

2=

Wattage

20 20W T12 (24")=

17 17W T8 (24")=

25 25W T8 (36")=

30 30W T12 (36")=

32 32W T8 (48")=

40 40W T12 (48")=

Number of Ballasts

1 1 Ballast=

2 2 Ballast=Options

GL Single Element Fuse=

GM Double Element Fuse=

EL Emergency Installed=

1 Products also available in non-US voltage and freqeuncies for international marketsNotes:

2 Not Available when specifying emergencies, voltage must be specific

BI-117 8 lbs.BI-125 11 lbs.BI-132 14 lbs.BIU-117 8 lbs.BIU-125 11 lbs.BIU-132 14 lbs.BI-217 8 lbs.BI-225 11 lbs.BI-232 14 lbs.BIU-217 8 lbs.BIU-225 11 lbs.BIU-232 14 lbs.

Catalog No. Wt.

BIU =Steel Wall Bracket (Up=and Down Light)

2 Lamps (Not Included)

322 32W T8 (48")=

UNVV Universal Voltage = e2

120-277

EBB Electronic Instant Start=

88 T8=

11 1 Ballast=

UU Unit Pack=

BIU 2 32 UNV EB 8 1 U

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F4


DESCRIPTION: 2X2 DIRECT INDIRECT

PART # 2RDI-217RP-UNV-L8735-EB8

LAMPS: 17WT8 L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS


Catalog # Type

Date

Project

Comments

Prepared by

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TOLOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means ofdisconnecting power.

23-3/4"[603 mm]

6"[152mm]


DESCRIPT ION

The Ovation Series is a complete family of recessed direct/indirectluminaires featuring pleasant modern architectural styling, computer-designed optics and the latest energy efficient lamp and ballast tech-nology. The luminaire combines a matte white indirect reflector and aperforated direct lamp shield to provide optimum brightness control.All components are located above the ceiling plane for a clean architec-tural appearance in the finished space. Carefully balanced design ele-ments combine to provide an efficient and exciting alternative to tradi-tional general lighting. Ovation is an excellent choice for a wide varietyof commercial applications.


1BX40 (43), 2BX40 (67), 3BX40 (102)

1BX50 (54), 2BX50 (106), 3BX50 (160)

1BX55 (59), 2BX55 (117), 3BX55 (176)

117 (19), 217 (34), 317 (54)

ES Ballast & STD Lamps

117 (23), 217 (45), 317 (68)

STD Ballast & STD Lamps

1BX40 (46), 2BX40 (82), 3BX40 (128)


LER = FL65

Catalog Number: 2RDI-2BX40RP


3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.69

*Reference the lamp/ballast data in theTechnical Section for specific lamp/ballastrequirements.

**Consult Pre Sales Technical Support.

***See Drywall Frame Kit Accessory

2RDI1BX402BX403BX40

117217317

B I A X I A L O R T 8 L A M P S

2 ' X 2 ' RecessedD i rec t / I nd i rec t

Cen te r-Mount

E N E R G Y D A T A

Input Watts:


Nominal 6" deep housing is die formedof code gauge, prime cold rolled steel.Heavy gauge end plates are securelyattached with screws for strength andrigidity and the elimination of gaps. Fourauxiliary fixture end suspension pointsare provided. KOs for continuous rowwiring. Large access plate for supply con-nection.

B …E l e c t r i c a l *Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class “P” and arepositively secured. Biax models use 2G11base lampholders with double edge wip-ing action pressure lock contacts and ver-tically oriented lamp support clips. T8models use rotor-lock lampholders forpositive lamp retention. UL/CUL listed.Suitable for damp locations.

C …B a l l a s t Ac c e s s

Ballast can be removed frombelow without tools or fromabove using the unique ballastmounting/access plate.3

D …F i n i s h

Durable cold rolled steel withmultistage, iron phosphate pre-treatment and white enamel fin-ish to ensure maximum bond-ing and rust inhibition.


TSlot Grid

FDrywall FrameKit

Ceiling TrimType** TypeExposed Grid GConcealed T G or TSlot Grid G or TFlange ***

23-11/16"[602mm]

2-3/4"[70mm]

9-11/16"[246mm]2-1/2"

[64mm]1-1/2"[38mm]

23-3/4"[603mm]

Ballast AccessPlate

WiringAccess Plate

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (2)

23-3/4" [603mm]

6" [152mm]

8" [203mm]

3-1/4"[83mm]

23-3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (1)

COOPER LIGHTING


23-3/4" [603mm]

6" [152mm]

8" [203mm]

23-3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

8"[203mm]

1-5/8"[41mm]


23-3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (1)

6-9/16"[167mm]

A E DB C E

T8 MODEL

BIAX MODEL

23-3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

8"[203mm]

1-5/8"[41mm]

23-3/4" [603mm]

6" [152mm]

8" [203mm]

3-1/4"[83mm]

23-3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

8"[203mm]

ADF020601

E …R e f l e c t o r s

Indirect reflector has highreflectance baked matte whiteenamel finish for luminous uni-formity. A positively retaineddirect lamp shield is construct-ed of heavy gauge perforatedsteel with high reflectancepainted after fabrication finishand milky white overlay dif-fuser for visual comfort. Allreflectors are precision formedin a computer-controlled opera-tion

BMH Sleep Lab F4

EMD

Steve

Text Box

RETURN


Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.comCustomer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801 3/10 ADF020601

Cande la

Angle Along II 45° Across ⊥

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

1701 1701 1701

1701 1698 1700

1677 1682 1689

1634 1648 1665

1574 1599 1631

1497 1539 1587

1406 1468 1533

1301 1386 1465

1182 1292 1381

1052 1186 1282

912 1067 1167

762 933 1029

610 792 867

465 637 683

334 466 520

217 305 362

119 176 205

48 66 72

0 0 0



Room Size (Ft.) 8.5’ 10.0’ 8.5’ 10.0’

20 x 20

30 x 30

30 x 60

60 x 30

60 x 60


||

⊥

2RDI-2BX40RP Electronic Ballast

F40BX/35K/RS Lamps 3150 Lumens


Efficiency 78.2%

Test Report:2RDI2BX40RP.IES

LER = FL65


1339 21.2 27.2

2205 35.0 44.8

3932 62.4 79.8

4926 78.2 100.0

4926 78.2 100.0

48 54 41 48

44 46 38 40

43 43 35 35

47 48 43 45

44 44 38 38

93 93 93 93 91 91 91 91 87 87 87 83 83 83 80 80 80 78

86 82 79 76 84 81 78 75 77 75 73 74 72 71 71 70 69 67

79 73 68 63 77 71 66 63 68 64 61 66 63 60 63 61 58 57

72 64 58 53 70 63 57 53 61 56 52 59 55 51 57 53 50 49

66 57 51 46 64 56 50 45 54 49 45 52 48 44 51 47 43 42

60 50 44 38 59 50 43 38 48 42 38 46 41 37 45 41 37 35

55 45 38 33 54 44 38 33 43 37 33 42 36 33 40 36 32 31

51 40 34 29 50 40 33 29 39 33 29 37 32 28 36 32 28 27

47 36 30 25 46 36 29 25 35 29 25 34 28 25 33 28 24 23

43 32 26 21 42 32 26 21 31 25 21 30 25 21 29 25 21 20

40 29 23 19 39 29 23 19 28 23 19 28 22 19 27 22 19 17

2 R D I

Coef f i c i en ts o f Ut i l i za t ion


rc 80% 70% 50% 30% 10% 0%

rw 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0

RCR

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10



0-30

0-40

0-60

0-90

0-180

NOTES: (1) 2' x 2' and 2' x 4' Center Lamp Shield models only. (2)Products also available in non-US volt-ages and frequencies for international markets. (3)Not available in UNV voltages. Must specify voltage.(4)An EQ Grid Clip is recommended for all 9/16" ceiling systems. Four required per fixture.

For complete product data, reference the Fluorescent Specification binder. Specifications & dimensionssubject to change without notice. Consult your Cooper Lighting Representative for availability and order-ing information.

SAMPLE NUMBER: 2RD I -2BX40RP-120V-EB51 -U

Numberof Lamps1=1 Lamp2=2 Lamp3=3 Lamp

Wattage17=17W T8 (24")BX40=40W Biax (24")BX50=50W Biax (24")(1)

BX55=55W Biax (24")(1)

Voltage (2)

120V=120 Volt277V=277 Volt347V=347 VoltUNV=UniversalVoltage 120-277

Lamp ShieldX=Solid Matte WhiteRP=Round PerforatedWhite Steel

OptionsLamps=Lamps InstalledGL=Single Element FuseGM=Double Element FuseFlex=Flex InstalledEL=Emergency Installed

OptionsRIF1=Radio InterferenceSuppressorREP=Riveted Endplates, for use in New York City.ST=Semi-Specular TannenbaumMain ReflectorLSC=Lamp Shield CableRLS=Rotor-Lock Socket (T8 Lamps Only)

PackagingU=Unit PackPALC=JobPack, in carton

2RDI-1BX40RP 19 lbs.2RDI-2BX40RP 19 lbs.2RDI-3BX40RP 19 lbs.2RDI-117RP 19.5 lbs.2RDI-217RP 19.5 lbs.2RDI-317RP 19.5 lbs.


Catalog No. Wt.

RatingBlank=StandardNY=New YorkCity RatedATW-SW4=ChicagoRated

Trim Type Blank=Grid/Lay-in(Standard)

Width2=2' Width

SeriesRDI=OvationSeries(RecessedDirect/Indirect)

Lamp Position Blank=CenterMounted Lamps(standard)


DF-22-W=Drywall Frame Kit

Ballast Type (2)


EB8 /PLUS=T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor >1.13. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%


HPT8 Ballast ( __ = no. of Ballast, 1 or 2)HB8 L=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Low Ballast Factor .77HB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Ballast Factor .88HB8 N=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Normal Ballast Factor 1.0HB8 H=T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2HR8 DIM=T8 Electronic Program Start Step Dimming. Ballast Factor .88HR8 L=T8 Electronic Program Start. Low Ballast Factor .77HR8 =T8 Electronic Program Start. Ballast Factor .88HR8 H=T8 Electronic Program Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2

EB5 (3)=T5 Biax Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 20%

TEB5 (3)=T5 Biax Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

ER5 (3)=T5 Biax Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

No. of Ballast1 or 2






2=2' Width

RDI=OvationSeries(RecessedDirect/Indirect)

2=2 Lamp

17=17W T8 (24")

RP=Round PerforatedWhite Steel

UNV=UniversalVoltage 120-277

Lamps=Lamps Installed


No. of Ballast1

U=Unit Pack

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F5


DESCRIPTION: 2X4 DIRECT INDIRECT OVATION

DIMABLE FLUORESENT W-LUTRON HI LUME BALLAST

PART # 2RDI-232RP-120V-L8735-LU-H3DT832CU210-U

LAMPS: T8 L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS


Catalog # Type

Date

Project

Comments

Prepared by

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDING TOLOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means ofdisconnecting power.

23-3/4"[603 mm]

6"[152mm]


COOPER LIGHTING

DESCRIPT ION

The Ovation Series is a complete family of recessed direct/indirectluminaires featuring pleasant modern architectural styling, computer-designed optics and the latest energy efficient lamp and ballast tech-nology. The luminaire combines a matte white indirect reflector and aperforated direct lamp shield to provide optimum brightness control.All components are located above the ceiling plane for a clean architec-tural appearance in the finished space. Carefully balanced design ele-ments combine to provide an efficient and exciting alternative to tradi-tional general lighting. Ovation is an excellent choice for a wide varietyof commercial applications.


128T8 (28), 228T8 (49), 328T8 (98)

132 (32), 232 (61), 332 (91),

T1BX40 (70), T2BX40 (140),

T3BX40 (210)

T1BX50 (106), T2BX50 (212)

T3BX50 (318)

T1BX55 (110), T2BX55 (220)

T3BX55 (330)

LER = FL65

Catalog Number: 2RDI-232RF


3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.69

*Reference the lamp/ballast data in theTechnical Section for specific lamp/ballastrequirements. **Consult Pre Sales Technical Support. ***See Drywall Frame Kit Accessory

2RDI128T8

132228T8

232328T8

332T1BX40,T2BX40

T3BX40

T 8 O R B I A X I A L L A M P S

2 ' X 4 ' RecessedD i rec t / I nd i rec t

Cen te r-Mount

E N E R G Y D A T A

Input Watts:



Nominal 6" deep housing is dieformed of code gauge, prime coldrolled steel. Heavy gauge end platesare securely attached with screws forstrength and rigidity and the elimina-tion of gaps. Four auxiliary fixture endsuspension points are provided. KOsfor continuous row wiring. Largeaccess plate for supply connection.

B …E l e c t r i c a l *Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class “P” andare positively secured. Biax modelsuse 2G11 base lampholders with dou-ble edge wiping action pressure lockcontacts and vertically oriented lampsupport clips. T8 models use rotor-locklampholders for positive lamp reten-tion. UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damplocations.

C …B a l l a s t Ac c e s s

Ballast can be removed frombelow without tools or fromabove using the unique ballastmounting/access plate.3

D …F i n i s h

Durable cold rolled steel withmultistage, iron phosphate pre-treatment and white enamel fin-ish to ensure maximum bond-ing and rust inhibition.

A B C DE E

47-11/16"[1211mm]

2-3/4"[70mm]

9-11/16"[246mm]2-1/2"

[64mm]1-1/2"[38mm]

WiringAccess Plate

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (2)

Ballast AccessPlate

23-3/4"[603mm]

23 3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

8"[203mm]

1 5/8"[41mm]

23 3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

7/8" [22mm] K O (1)

6 9/16"[167mm]


23 3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

7/8" [22mm] K O (1)

23 3/4"[603mm]

6"[152mm]

8"[203mm]

1 5/8"[41mm]

BIAX MODEL

T8 MODEL

ADF091048

E …R e f l e c t o r s

Indirect reflector has highreflectance baked matte whiteenamel finish for luminous uni-formity. Positively retaineddirect lamp shield is construct-ed of heavy gauge perforatedsteel with high reflectancepainted after fabrication finishand milky white overlay dif-fuser for visual comfort. Allreflectors are precision formedin a computer-controlled opera-tion.


TSlot Grid

FDrywall FrameKit

Ceiling TrimType** TypeExposed Grid GConcealed T G or TSlot Grid G or TFlange ***

BMH Sleep Lab F5

EMD

Steve

Text Box

RETURN


Cande la

Angle Along II 45° Across �

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

1372 1372 1372

1367 1370 1374

1348 1357 1365

1316 1334 1351

1273 1302 1332

1216 1261 1304

1148 1212 1271

1071 1156 1231

984 1092 1182

889 1021 1125

785 941 1053

678 853 958

564 753 846

448 632 702

335 498 539

232 342 384

139 205 228

58 85 94

0 0 0

2RDI-132RP 30 lbs.2RDI-128T8RP 30 lbs.2RDI-232RP 30 lbs.2RDI-228T8RP 30 lbs.2RDI-332RP 30 lbs.2RDI-328T8RP 30 lbs.2RDI-T1BX40 31 lbs.2RDI-T2BX40 31 lbs.2RDI-T3BX40 31 lbs.


Catalog No. Wt.



rc 80% 70% 50% 30% 10% 0%

rw 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0

RCR

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10




0-30

0-40

0-60

0-90

0-180

2RDI-232RP Electronic Ballast

F032/830/XP3 Lamps 3100 Lumens


Efficiency 70.7 %

Test Report:2RDI232RP.IES

LER = FL61


1088.56 17.6 24.8

1810.67 29.2 41.3

3339.06 53.9 76.2

4383.85 70.7 100.0

4383.85 70.7 100.0

84 84 84 84 82 82 82 82 79 79 79 75 75 75 72 72 72 71

77 73 70 67 75 71 68 66 68 66 64 66 64 62 63 61 60 58

69 63 58 54 67 62 57 53 59 55 52 57 54 51 55 52 50 48

63 55 49 44 61 54 48 44 52 47 43 50 46 42 48 45 42 40

57 49 42 37 56 48 42 37 46 41 36 44 40 36 43 39 35 34

53 43 37 32 51 42 36 32 41 35 31 39 35 31 38 34 31 29

48 39 32 28 47 38 32 27 37 31 27 36 31 27 34 30 27 25

45 35 29 24 44 34 28 24 33 28 24 32 27 24 31 27 24 22

42 32 26 21 41 31 25 21 30 25 21 30 25 21 29 24 21 20

39 29 23 19 38 29 23 19 28 23 19 27 22 19 26 22 19 18

36 27 21 17 36 27 21 17 26 21 17 25 20 17 24 20 17 16

2 R D I

NOTES: (1) 2' x 2' and 2' x 4' Center Lamp Shield models only. (2)Products also available in non-USvoltages and frequencies for international markets. (3)Not available in UNV voltages. Must specifyvoltage. (4)An EQ Grid Clip is recommended for all 9/16" ceiling systems. Four required per fixture.

For complete product data, reference the Fluorescent Specification binder. Specifications & dimensionssubject to change without notice. Consult your Cooper Lighting Representative for availability andordering information.


SAMPLE NUMBER: 2RD I -232RP-120V-EB51 -U

Numberof Lamps1=1 Lamp2=2 Lamp3=3 LampT1=2' x 4'

Fixturewith OneBiax Lampat EachEnd

T2=2' x 4'Fixturewith TwoBiaxLamps atEach End

T3=2' x 4'Fixturewith ThreeBiaxLamps atEach End

Wattage28T8=28W T8 (48")32=32W T8 (48")BX40=40W Biax (24")BX50=50W Biax (24")(1)

BX55=55W Biax (24")(1)

Voltage (2)

120V=120 Volt277V=277 Volt347V=347 VoltUNV=UniversalVoltage 120-277

Lamp ShieldX=Solid Matte WhiteRP=Round PerforatedWhite Steel


OptionsRLS=Rotor-Lock Socket (T8 Lamps Only)RIF1=Radio InterferenceSuppressorREP=Riveted EndplatesLSC=Lamp Shield CableST=Semi-Specular Tannenbaum

PackagingU=Unit PackPALC=Palletized Fixtures inCarton

A C C E S S O R I E SEQ=T-BAR Safety Earthquake Clips(4)

DF-24-W=Drywall Frame Kit

Luminance DataAverage Average Average

Angle 0-Deg 45-Deg 90-Degin Deg cd/sm cd/sm cd/sm

0-30

0-40

0-60

0-90

0-180

1801 2068 2279

1693 2130 2393

1519 2142 2380

1284 1893 2125

953 1397 1545

RatingBlank=StandardNY=New YorkCity RatedATW-SW4=ChicagoRated

Trim Type Leave Blank=Grid/Lay-in(Standard)

Width2=2' Width

SeriesRDI=Ovation Series(RecessedDirect/Indirect)

Lamp Position Leave Blank=Center MountedLamps (Standard)

Ballast Type (2)




HPT8 Ballast ( __ = no. of Ballast, 1 or 2)HB8 L=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Low Ballast Factor .77HB8 =T8 Electronic Instant Start. Ballast Factor .88HB8 N=T8 Electronic Instant Start. Normal Ballast Factor 1.0HB8 H=T8 Electronic Instant Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2HR8 DIM=T8 Electronic Program Start Step Dimming. Ballast Factor .88HR8 L=T8 Electronic Program Start. Low Ballast Factor .77HR8 =T8 Electronic Program Start. Ballast Factor .88HR8 H=T8 Electronic Program Start. High Ballast Factor 1.15-1.2

EB5 (3)=T5 Biax Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 20%

TEB5 (3)=T5 Biax Electronic Instant Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

ER5 (3)=T5 Biax Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%







2=2' Width

RDI=Ovation Series(RecessedDirect/Indirect)

2=2 Lamp

32=32W T8 (48")

RP=Round PerforatedWhite Steel

120V=120 Volt

Lamps=Lamps Installed

U=Unit Pack

Lutron Hi-Lume Dimming H3DT832CU210

Ballast Type ((2)

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F6


DESCRIPTION: 1X4 RECESSED 2 LAMP

PART # GR8 232 A UNV L EB8 1

LAMPS: T8 L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATION

Catalog #

Project

Comments

Prepared by

Type

Date


11/07/2007 2:05:51 PMConsult your representative for additional options and finishes.


MOUNTING DATA DOOR FRAMES

LAMP CONFIGURATIONS

CEILING COMPATIBILITY

DESCRIPTION

The GR8 is a T8-dedicated lensed troffer designed to offer premium

performance in a low profile housing. T8 dedication and optimized lamp to

lens spacing provides the best in energy efficiency and optical control. The

GR8's shallow, low profile housing is compatible with even highly restrictive

plenums. Luminaires are compatible with today's popular ceiling systems.

The GR8 offers great performance and great quality. The series is an

excellent choice for commercial offices, schools, hospitals, retail

merchandising and many other applications.

A ... ConstructionLow profile recessed housing is die

formed of code gauge prime cold

rolled steel with full length

stiffeners and mechanical endplate

attachment for added strength.

Ballast cover is easily removed

without tools. Die formed captive

lampholder bracket fully encloses

lampholder wiring for easy

lampholder replacement. Ample

KOs are provided for continuous

row wiring. Built-in grid-lock

feature for safety and convenience.

B ... Electrical**Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class "P" and

are positively secured. Pressure

lock lampholders. UL/CUL listed.

Suitable for damp locations.

C ... FinishMultistage, iron phosphate

pretreatment ensures maximum

bonding and rust inhibition.

Lighting grade baked white enamel

finish with premium reflectance for

high efficiency.

D ... Hinging/LatchingPositive cam action steel latches

and integral safety hinges provide

secure, high quality door fit and

allow hinging and latching from

either side.

E ... Frame/ShieldingHeavy gauge flat steel door is die

formed with reinforced mitered

corners. Housing and door frame

assemblies incorporate full length

and width mechanical light traps.

Light stabilized, acrylic prismatic

lens.

GR8232

1' X 4' TROFFER2 LAMP

General PurposeT8 Commercial Troffer

LAMPS CONTAIN MERCURY. DISPOSE ACCORDINGTO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS

Safe and convenient means of disconnecting power

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

F6

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Metalux • Customer First Center • 1121 Highway 74 South • Peachtree City, GA 30269 • TEL 770.486.4800 • FAX 770.486.4801 11/07/2007 2:05:51 PM


PHOTOMETRICS

ACCESSORIES

SHIPPING INFORMATION

GR8


Sample Number: 2GR8-232A-120V-EB81-U

Ballast Type 3

EB Electronic Instant Start=

ER T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

=

DLS Digital Lighting System Dimming=

Packaging

U Unit Pack=

Options

/PLUS Higher Ballast Factor > 1.13. Total Harmonic Distortion < 20%

=

FR Fire Rated Label=

Number of Lamps 2

2 2 Lamps (Not Included)=

Width

__ 1' width=

Trim Type

G Grid/Lay-in (Standard)

=

Wattage

32 32W T8 (48")=

Lamp Size

8 T8=Shielding

A # 12 Acrylic Pattern=

A125 #12 Pattern Acrylic (.125" Thickness)

=

Series

R8 General Purpose T8 Commercial Troffer

1=

Number of Ballasts

1 1 Ballast=

2 2 Ballast=

Voltage 3

120V 120 Volt=

277V 277 Volt=

347V 347 Volt=

UNV Universal Voltage 120-2774=

Options

GL Single Element Fuse=

GM Double Element Fuse=

Lamps Lamps Installed=

Flex Flex Installed=

Emergency EM Installed=

1 An EQ Grid Clip is recommended for all 9/16" ceiling systems.Notes:

2 Standard off-center ballast on 3 lamp fixtures.

3 Products also available in non-US voltage and freqeuncies for international markets

4 Not Available when specifying emergencies, voltage must be specific

EQ = T-Bar Safety Earthquake Clips 1

FCS-XXW-U = Field Installed Flange Kit

G R8 2 32 A UNV L EB 8 1 U

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F7


DESCRIPTION: SURFACE WRAP AROUND

PART # WN 232A UNV EB81

LAMPS: T8 L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

COOPER LIGHTING

DESCRIPT ION

The WN Series is a specification wraparound luminaire featuringenergy efficient performance. The luminaire's clean, low profiledesign is both appealing and functional. The WN Series utilizes aclear, low brightness, extruded acrylic refractor for high performanceand aesthetics.

The efficient and stylish WN Series is the perfect wraparound forschools, offices and other commercial and retail spaces.


217 (36)

228T8 (48)

232 (55)


LER = FW-80

Catalog Number: WN-232A


3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $3.00

LER = FW-93

Catalog Number: WN-228T8-HB1


3000 hrs at .08 KWH = $2.59

*Reference the lamp/ballast data in theTechnical Section for specific lamp/ballastrequirements.

WN217

228T8232

2 ' , 4 ' O R 8 ' S U R FA C ET 8 L A M P S

Commerc ia l Wrap

ADF081637

E N E R G Y DATA

Input Watts:



Housing consists of die formedcold rolled steel. Ends formedwith the housing for strengthand provisions for continuousrow aligners. Steel end plateswith 7/8" KO and light-sealembossment. Ballast cover easilyremoved without tools.

B …E l e c t r i c a l *Ballasts are CBM/ETL Class "P"and are positively secured bymounting bolt. Rotor lock lam-pholders. UL/CUL listed.Suitable for damp locations.

C …F i n i s h

Multistage, prepaint ensuresmaximum bonding and rustprevention.

Catalog # Type

Date

Project

Comments

Prepared by






M O U N T I N G DATA

A B C D

2-1/2"[63mm]

6"[152mm]

7-5/8" [194mm]

6"[152mm]

1-1/8"[29mm]

42-15/16" [1090mm]44-1/2" [1131mm]

1-13/16"[46mm]

90-7/8" [2309mm]

92-1/2" [2349mm]

96" [2440mm]

42-3/8" [1076mm]

41-3/8" [1051mm]

90-7/16" [2297mm]

88-7/16" [2246mm]


3"[76mm]

4-1/2"[114mm]

7-5/8"[194mm]

1-1/8"[29mm]

42-15/16" [1090mm]44-1/2" [1131mm]1-13/16"

[46mm]

7/8" [22mm] K.O. (5)

Ground Screw BumpCeiling Stand-OffEmbossments

48" [1219mm]

42-7/16" [1078mm]

40-7/16" [1027mm]

3"[76mm]

4-1/2"[114mm]

6"[152mm]

7-5/8"[194mm]

1-13/16"[46mm]

19" [483mm]20-5/8" [523mm]

1-1/8"[29mm]

24" [610mm]

8-3/16" [208mm]

1"[25mm]1" [25mm]

6"[152mm]

7-5/8"[194mm]

L E N S R E M OVA L

2

1

L A M P C O N F I G U R AT I O N S

6" [152mm]

2-1/2"[63mm]

7-5/8" [194mm]

4-5/8"[117mm]

D …L e n s

100% clear acrylic prismatic lens.Sides have inside linear prismsand bottom has pyramidal prismsfor low brightness control.

8'

4' 2'

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

F7

Steve

Text Box

RETURN


WN-217A 6 lbs.WN-228T8A 8 lbs.8TWN-228T8A 15 lbs.WN-232A 8 lbs.8TWN-232A 15 lbs.

S H I P P I N G I N F O R M AT I O N

Catalog No. Wt.

W N T 8

Ballast Type(3)



REB1= T8 Electronic Instant Start Residential Ballast. ER8 =T8 Electronic Program Rapid Start.

Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%

ER8 /PLUS=T8 Electronic Program Start. High Ballast Factor >1.13. Total Harmonic Distortion < 10%


O R D E R I N G I N F O R M AT I O N

S A M P L E N U M B E R : W N - 2 3 2 A- U N V- E B 8 1- U

Number of Lamps (2)

2=2 Lamps(Not Included)

Voltage (3)

120V=120 Volt277V=277 Volt347V=347 VoltUNV=Universal Voltage120-277 (4)

Wattage17=17W T8 (24")28T8=28W T8 (48") (6)

32=32W T8 (48")

LensA=Acrylic Refractor/Lens

OptionsGL=Single Element FuseGM=Double Element FuseEL=Emergency Installed (5)

Series(1)

WN=CommercialSurface Wrap

LengthBlank=2' or 4' Length8T=8' (Tandem)

NOTES: (1)Steel endplates with 7/8" KO standard for continuous row mounting. (2)2 point suspension recommended for 2 and 4 lamp models. 3 point suspensionrecommended for 8 foot tandems. (3)Products also available in non-US voltage and freqeuncies for international markets. 120V must be specified with a residentialballast. (4)Not Available when specifying emergencies, voltage must be specified. (5)A low profile battery pack is required for installation with standard ballast cover(consult Cooper Lighting). (6)When utilizing 28W T8 lamps, HB Ballast must be specified. Other ballast restrictions may apply. Consult your Cooper LightingRepresentative for availability and ordering information.

For complete product data, reference the Fluorescent Specification binder. Specifications & dimensions subject to change without notice. Consult your Cooper LightingRepresentative for availability and ordering information.

OptionsDEC=Decorative End CapCRA=Continuous RowAligner






A C C E S S O R I E SSCF=Fixed Stem Set (Specify Length) SCS=Swivel Stem Set (Specify Length)SCA=Adjustable 48” Stem SetWN-2LT-DEC-ENDS=Decorative EndCaps - 2 Lamps (2 pieces)WN-CRA=Continuous Row Aligner (24 pieces)

P H OTO M E T R I C S

Coeff i c i en ts o f Ut i l i za t ion

Effective floor cavity reflectance 20%rc 80% 70% 50% 30% 10% 0%

rw 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0RCR

0123456789

10


Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixture0-300-400-600-90 90-180 0-180

Cand lepower

Angle Along II 45° Across ⊥051015202530354045505560657075808590

WN-232-EB81-UEnergy Saving Ballast

F32T8/35K lamps 3100 lumens


Efficiency = 82.0%

Test Report: 134P132

LER = FW-80


1583 1583 15831588 1594 15911580 1597 16071554 1591 16181512 1573 16051454 1534 15631380 1473 14881291 1384 13751181 1258 12251043 1077 1030848 851 809602 655 626429 518 512317 413 444240 333 409180 270 390123 223 36962 185 3473 155 332

95 95 95 95 92 92 92 92 85 85 85 80 80 80 74 74 74 7286 82 79 76 83 80 76 73 74 72 69 69 67 65 65 63 61 5979 72 67 62 76 70 65 61 65 61 58 61 58 55 57 54 52 5072 64 57 52 69 62 56 51 58 53 49 54 50 47 51 47 45 4266 57 50 45 64 55 49 44 52 46 42 49 44 40 46 42 39 3761 51 44 39 59 49 43 38 47 41 37 44 39 35 41 37 34 3257 46 39 34 54 45 38 33 42 36 32 40 35 31 38 33 30 2852 42 35 30 50 41 34 29 38 33 29 36 31 28 34 30 27 2549 38 31 27 47 37 31 26 35 30 26 33 28 25 32 27 24 2246 35 28 24 44 34 28 24 32 27 23 31 26 22 29 25 22 2043 32 26 22 41 31 26 22 30 25 21 29 24 20 27 23 20 18

1304 21.0 25.62152 34.7 42.33544 57.2 69.74441 71.6 87.3645 10.4 12.7

5086 82.0 100.0


Height Along Height AcrossRoom Size (Ft.) 8.5’ 10.0’ 8.5’ 10.0’20 x 2030 x 3030 x 6060 x 3060 x 60

52 58 44 5343 48 31 3936 40 15 2140 46 35 4232 37 17 22

Coeff i c i en ts o f Ut i l i za t ion

Effective floor cavity reflectance 20%rc 80% 70% 50% 30% 10% 0%

rw 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 0RCR

0123456789

10


Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixture0-300-400-600-90 0-180

Cand lepower

Angle Along II 45° Across ⊥051015202530354045505560657075808590

WN-228T8-HB81-UEnergy Saving Ballast

F28T8 28W lamps 2800 lumens


Efficiency = 90.2%

Test Report: 134P133

LER = FW-93


1562 1562 15621566 1572 15691558 1576 15861532 1570 15971490 1552 15861432 1514 15451358 1453 14721270 1365 13611162 1242 12141025 1063 1022833 841 803590 648 623422 512 510312 408 442236 328 407178 267 389121 221 36761 184 3453 152 332

105 105 105 105 101 101 101 101 94 94 94 87 87 87 81 81 81 7895 91 87 83 91 87 84 81 81 78 76 76 74 71 71 69 67 6587 79 73 68 83 77 71 66 72 67 63 67 63 60 62 60 57 5479 70 63 57 76 68 61 56 63 58 53 59 55 51 56 52 49 4673 62 55 49 70 60 53 48 57 51 46 53 48 44 50 46 42 4067 56 48 42 64 54 47 42 51 45 40 48 43 39 45 41 37 3562 50 43 37 60 49 42 36 46 40 35 44 38 34 41 36 33 3158 46 38 33 55 45 37 32 42 36 31 40 34 30 38 33 29 2754 42 34 29 52 41 34 29 39 32 28 37 31 27 35 30 26 2550 38 31 26 48 37 31 26 36 30 25 34 28 25 32 27 24 2247 35 29 24 45 35 28 24 33 27 23 31 26 22 30 25 22 20

1286 23.0 25.52124 37.9 42.03498 62.5 69.24389 78.4 86.95052 90.2 100.0


Height Along Height AcrossRoom Size (Ft.) 8.5’ 10.0’ 8.5’ 10.0’20 x 2030 x 3030 x 6060 x 3060 x 60

52 58 44 5443 49 31 4036 40 15 2141 47 35 4333 37 17 22

4' Length

WN=CommercialSurface Wrap

2=2 Lamps

(6)) (

A=Acrylic Refractor/Lens

UNV=Universal Voltage120-277 ((4)


No. of Ballast1

U=Unit Pack

Lamps Included

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE F8



PART # 2GR8 2BX40A-UNV-L8735-EB81

LAMPS: BX40 24” L8735





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

F8

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE H1

MANUFACTURE: LUMARK

DESCRIPTION: OUTDOOR FLOOD LIGHT

PART # MP MS K 150 120V

LAMPS: MP150/U/MED





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

Catalog #

Project

Comments

Prepared by

Type

Date

MSIMPACT FLOOD

SMALL

50 - 175W

Pulse Start Metal Halide

Metal Halide

High Pressure Sodium

28 - 42W

Compact Fluorescent

ARCHITECTURAL FLOOD LUMINAIRE

COOPER LIGHTING - LUMARK®

Impact Flood's cylindrical form blends effortlessly to architectural andlandscape environments. Available in wattages up to 175W Metal Halideand High Pressure Sodium, and up to 42W Compact Fluorescent. ImpactFlood offers properly scaled solutions for any floodlighting application.

DESCRIPTION


Construct ionHOUSING: Rugged one-piece die-cast aluminum housing will endurethe toughest environments whilemaintaining precise tolerancecontrol. Housing incorporates aone-piece extruded silicone gasketthat seals the optical/electricalcompartment from externalmoisture and contaminants. DOOR:Die-cast aluminum door featuresintegral hinging to the housing.Door is secured with two (2)tamper resistant stainless steelallen head fasteners. Door framefeatures an integral accessorychannel for the mounting of a widearray of optional vandal and lightcontrol accessories. The door lensis 0.2" thick, impact resistant, clearflat tempered glass sealed to thedoor with a one-piece siliconegasket.

Electr icalELECTRICAL COMPONENTS: HighPower Factor (HPF) ballastcomponents are strategicallylocated and heat sunk to thehousing for cooler operation andlonger life.

OpticalOPTICAL ASSEMBLY: Available inhorizontal or vertical lamporientations, high efficiency opticalsystems are formed from premium95% reflective sheet aluminum.Optics feature medium-baselampholders.

MountingHeavy-duty die-cast aluminumknuckle utilizes tooth-lockadjustment mechanism for bothsolid engagement and easy aimingadjustment. Knuckle adjustment ismade via one (1) captive stainless

steel allen head fastener consistentwith door frame fasteners. Knuckletested to safely sustain 3G ofvibration. Knuckle features a 3/4"NPT nipple for rigid attachment toavailable mounting accessories.Optional heavy-gauge adjustablesteel trunnion mount providesadditional durability whenrequired.

FinishFixture is finished in a 5 stagepremium TGIC polyester powdercoat paint, 2.5 mil nominalthickness for superior protectionagainst fade and wear. Standardcolor is bronze. Optional white,black, and grey finishes areavailable.

Knuckle Mount Trunnion Mount

15-1/8"[385 mm]

6-11/16"[171 mm]

15-1/8"[385 mm]

13-7/8"[352 mm]

12-5/8"[322 mm]

6-11/16"[171 mm]

DIMENSIONS

S

YSTEMS

C

E R T I F I E

D

T E C H N I C A L DATAUL Wet Location ListedCSA Certified25°C Maximum Ambient TemperatureExternal Supply Wiring 60°C Minimum

E N E R G Y DATAHigh Reactance Ballast Input Watts50W HPS HPF (66 Watts)50W MP HPF (72 Watts)70W HPS HPF (91 Watts)70W MP HPF (90 Watts)100W HPS HPF (130 Watts)100W MP HPF (129 Watts)150W HPS HPF (188 Watts)150W MP HPF (185 Watts)Electronic Ballast Input Watts26W CF HPF (29 Watts)32W CF HPF (36 Watts)42W CF HPF (46 Watts)

E PA (effected projected area)1.12

S H I P P I N G DATA (Approx.)Net Weight (lbs.): 25

ADH082292 pc2010-09-14 10:49:32

Pulse Start Metal Halide (MP)

Metal Halide (MH)

High Pressure Sodium (HP)

Compact Fluorescent (CF)

LAMP TYPE

50, 70, 100, 150W

175W

26, 32, 42W

50, 70, 100, 150W

WATTAGE

3-1/8" [80mm]

1-9/16”[40mm]

17/32" Dia.[14mm]

7/16" Dia.[12mm]

Trunnion Mount

DRILLING DIMENSIONS

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

H1

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

NOTE: Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice.Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com

Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

MS IMPACT FLOOD SMALL

ADH082292 pc2010-09-14 10:49:32

0

1

2

3

1

2

30 112 323

0

1

2

3

1

2

30 112 323

0

1

2

3

1

2

30 112 323

0

1

2

3

1

2

30 112 323

Footcandle TableSelect mounting height and read across forfootcandle values of each isofootcandle line. Distance in units of mounting height.Mounting Footcandle Values forHeight Isofootcandle Lines A B C D E10' 11.25 4.50 2.25 1.13 0.4515' 5.00 2.00 1.00 0.50 0.2020' 2.80 1.12 0.56 0.28 0.11

MPMS-X-HF-150150—Watt MP14,000—Lumen Clear LampHorizontal Flood

MPMS-X-HF-150-XX-TV150—Watt MP14,000—Lumen Clear LampHorizontal Flood with Top Visor

MPMS-X-VF-150150—Watt MP14,000—Lumen Clear LampVertical Flood

HPMS-X-VF-150150—Watt HP16,000—Lumen Clear LampVertical Flood

Footcandle TableSelect mounting height and read across forfootcandle values of each isofootcandle line. Distance in units of mounting height.Mounting Footcandle Values forHeight Isofootcandle Lines A B C D E10' 11.25 4.50 2.25 1.13 0.4515' 5.00 2.00 1.00 0.50 0.2020' 2.80 1.12 0.56 0.28 0.11

A B CD EA B C D E

A B C D E A BCDE

PHOTOMETRICS

2010-09-14 13:09:47

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

NOTE: Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice.Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com

Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801

Horizontal flood optics, knuckle mount, multi-tap ballast and bronze paint are standardfor stock oproducts. Add “W” to the end of the catalog logic to specify white finish (available on small housing 150W only). Stock accessories only available in bronze finish. Options not available with stock products. Refer to standard ordering information.Refer to In-Stock Guide for availability.

NOTES: [stock]:

MP MS

MP=Pulse Start Metal Halide

Sample Number: MPMS15

SeriesMS=Impact Flood Small

Lamp Wattage70=70W10=100W15=150 W

Accessories (order separately)MS/TV-BZ=Top VisorMS/4V-BZ=Four Sided ShieldMS/BD-BZ=Barn DoorsMS/WG=Wire Guard

STOCK SAMPLE NUMBER (LAMP INCLUDED):

VOLTAGE CHART

DT=Dual-Tap 120/277 (wired 277V)

120/208/240/277 (wired 277V)

120/277/347 (wired 347V)

120-277V (wired 277V) (50/60 HZ)

MT=Multi-Tap

TT=Triple-Tap

E=Electronic Ballast (CF only)

ADH082292 pc2010-09-14 10:49:32

MS IMPACT FLOOD SMALL

2010-09-14 13:09:47


Sample Number: MHMS-K-HF-175-MT-LL

Accessories 6

MS/JB-XX Architectural J-Box=

MS/SF-XX Slipfitter=

MS/TMA-XX Twin Mount Arm (EPA 0.35)

=

MS/WMA-XX Wall Mount Arm (EPA 0.22)

=

MS/WM-XX Wall Mount=

MS/BD-XX Barn Doors (EPA 1.03)=

MS/TV-XX Top Visor (EPA 0.51)=

MS/4V-XX Four-Sided Shield (EPA 0.87)

=

MS/VS Vandal Shield=

MS/WG Wire Guard=

Voltage 3

120V

208V

240V

277V

347V

480V

DT

MT

TT

E 4

Options

Q Quartz Restrike (Hot Strike Only)=

EM Quartz Restrike with ''Delay Relay'' (Quartz lamp strikes at both hot and cold starts)

=

EM/SC Emergency Separate Circuit=

LL Lamp Included (Must Specify Wattage with Fluorescent)

=

PE Internal Photocontrol (Specify Voltage)

=

PC Button Type Photocontrol=

F Single Fuse (120, 277 or 347V. Specify Voltage)

=

FF Double Fuse (208, 240 or 480V. Specify Voltage)

=

Distribution

HF Horizontal Flood=

VF Vertical Flood=

Lamp Type 1

MP Pulse Start Metal Halide

=

MH Metal Halide2=

HP High Pressure Sodium=

CF Compact Fluorescent=

Mounting

T Trunnion=

K Knuckle=

Lamp Wattage 1

MP

50 50W=

70 70W=

100 100W=

150 150W=

MH

175 175W2=

HP

50 50W=

70 70W=

100 100W=

150 150W=

CF

26 26W=

32 32W=

42 42W=

Series

MS Impact Flood Small=

Standard Color 5

__ Bronze (Standard)=

WH White=

BK Black=

AP Grey=

Notes: 1 All HID lamps are medium-base. 2 175W MH available in non-U.S. markets only. 3 Products also available

in non-US voltages and 50HZ for international markets. 4 Compact Fluorescent lamps only, 120-277V with

internal fusing. In cold temperatures, compact fluorescent lamps produce lower illumination levels. 5 Other

finish colors available. Consult your Cooper Lighting representative. 6 Order separately, replace XX with color

specification.

MP=Pulse Start Metal =Halide

MS=Impact Flood Small

150=150W

120V

BK=Black

MP=Pulse StartMetal Halide MS=Impact

FloodSmall 15=150 W

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

MMIMPACT FLOOD

MEDIUMACCESSORIES

D E S C R I P T I O N

The Impact Flood Medium (MM) lower knuckle slip-fits over a standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon. ImpactMM can be mounted to the following accessories: Surface Mount Tenon (MM/SMT), Stanchion Mount Tenon(MM/ST), Twin Mount Tenon (MM/TMT), and Wall Mount Tenon (MM/WMT).

COOPER LIGHTING

T Y P E : C ATA L O G # : COOPER LIGHTING—LUMARK®

ADH051417

S

YSTEMS

C

E R T I F I E

D

TM

A I M I N G R A N G E

180°

A C C E S S O R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S

18"[457 mm]

4" [102mm]

5/16"[8 mm]

Dia.

6" [152 mm]Sq. Bolt Pattern

4"[102 mm]

42" [1067 mm]

2 3/8" [60 mm] O.D.

5"[127 mm]

Sq. Bolt Pattern

15"[381 mm]

6 1/2"[165 mm]

4"[102 mm]

Stanchion Mount Tenon

[MM/ST]

Wall Mount Tenon

[MM/WMT]

Twin Mount Tenon

[MM/TMT]

SURFACE MOUNT TENON [MM/SMT]For above-grade surface mount placement, theMM/SMT is supplied with a 4" tall standard 2"pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon.

STANCHION MOUNT TENON [MM/ST]Used to mount fixture above grade to solidsurface, or partially buried when secured toconcrete pad. Cast aluminum housing andmounting plate is 18" tall and is supplied with a standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon.

TWIN MOUNT TENON [MM/TMT]Soft form extruded aluminum arm is 42" inlength and features two (2) standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenons for twin fixture mount.Other lengths and drilling patterns availableupon request. Twin arm base slip fits overstandard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon. End caps are removable for wiring access.Useful in ground mount and pole mountapplications.

WALL MOUNT TENON [MM/WMT]Extruded aluminum arm with cast mountingplate is 15" in length and is supplied with astandard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon. Also useful as an arm extension off square area light pole.

5/16" Dia.[8 mm] 4"

[102 mm]

6 1/2"[166 mm] Sq. 5" [127 mm]

Sq. Bolt Pattern

Surface Mount Tenon

[MM/SMT]

STANCHION MOUNT TENON [MM/ST]Used to mount fixture above grade to solidsurface, or partially buried when secured toconcrete pad. Cast aluminum housing andmounting plate is 18" tall and is supplied with a standard 2" pipe size (2 3/8" O.D.) tenon.

Stanchion Mount Tenon

[MM/ST]

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

M M I M PA C T F L O O D M E D I U M A C C E S S O R I E S

NOTE: Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice.

Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.comCustomer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770.486.4801 ADH051417

A C C E S S O R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S ( C O N ’ T. )

4 -S IDED SH IELD [MM/4V]Controls lamp glare and spill light in alldirections. Useful when aiming direction orintended target lies in close proximity topedestrian and/or motor vehicle activity.Mounts to accessory channel in doorframe.Compatible with all distributions (EPA 2.21).

BARN DOORS [MM/BD]Four (4) independently mounted andadjustable doors control cutoff angles in alldirections, allowing custom distributioncontrol for any application. Mounts toaccessory channel in door frame. Compatiblewith all distributions (EPA 2.49).

TOP V ISOR [MM/TV]Controls excess spill and glare on top portionof distribution. Especially useful in uplightingapplications to limit light travel aboveintended wall surface or sign. Mounts toaccessory channel in doorframe. Compatible with all distributions (EPA 1.3).

VANDAL SH IELD [MM/VS]3/16" thick molded polycarbonate convexlens. Treated with UV inhibitor to discouragethe gradual discoloration that results fromexposure to sunlight and metal halide lamps.Compatible with all distributions.

WIRE GUARD [MM/WG]Heavy-gauge corrosion resistant wire guardwith silver polyester powder coat finishprovides protection for glass from projectedobjects. Compatible with all distributions.

4-Sided Shield

[MM/4V]

Barn Doors

[MM/BD]

Vandal Shield

[MM/VS]

Top Visor

[MM/TV]

Wire Guard

[MM/WG]

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE H2

MANUFACTURE: RAB

DESCRIPTION: FLUORESENT WALL PACK

PART # WPTF26

LAMPS: 26W TRIPLE LAMP BASE GX24q-3

WEB SITE: www.rabweb.com

SUPPLIER: All Phase Electric 765-282-2259

Warranty 1 Year from Ship Date 01-02-2011

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

WPTF26

JOB NAME:

DATE:

TYPE:

DESCRIPTIONCompact Fluorescent Tallpack. Vandal resistant polycarbonate housing. Heavy die-castaluminum back plate with 1/2" bottom and back conduit knockout. Factory installedphotocontrol optional. Lamp supplied.

SPECIFICATIONSBack Plate:Heavy die cast aluminum. 1/2" bottomconduit knockout. Knockouts for mounting to3" or 4" junction boxes

Ballast Housing:Stamped steel painted whiteReflector:Die formed aluminum for wide lightdistribution. Moveable Glare Shield for fieldadjustable light control slanted slightlydownward for more light on the job

UL Listing:Suitable for wet locations

Ballast Minimum Starting Temperature:0° FHousing and Refractor:Vandal resistant polycarbonate moldedrefractor. Die cast aluminum back plate

Patents:The unique RAB Tallpack is protected byU.S. Patent D569,029; China PatentZL200730149211.2; Taiwan PatentD124,864 and Canada Patent D121,993

Color:BronzeWeight:4.5

DIMENSIONS

PHOTOMETRIC

ORDERING INFORMATIONCompact Fluorescent Total

WattsLamp Type

Lamp Base Ballast

Starting Amps/ Operating Amps120V 208V 240V 277V

Input Watts

LAMP ANSI

Initial Lumens

Lamp HoursLamp supplied with fixture

26 26WTriple

GX24q-3 Elec HPF QT 0.24 0.2 0.18 0.11 29 1800 12000

Factory Installed OptionsAdd suffix to Catalog Number

Tamperproof screws (/TP)Swivel Photocontrol (/PCS)Single fusing for 120 and 277 volt (/F)

Double fusing for 208 and 240 volt (/FF)Button Photocontrol (/PC)

RAB Lighting, Inc. • 170 Ludlow Ave• Northvale, NJ 07647 • Tel: 888 RAB-1000 • Fax: 888 RAB-1232 • www.rabweb.comNote: Specifications may change without notice

© 2011 RAB Lighting, Inc.

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS

BUILDER SeriesCeiling Fan Owner's ManualPart No. F40BP71810009 Form No. BP7181-9

®

Net Weight: 13.7 Lbs.

Model No.

CF700AW07 CF700WPB07CF700WW07 CF700BS07CF700AB07 CF700WB07CF700PB07 CF700OB07CF700PBW07 CF700CK07

Steve

Text Box

TYPE K CF700BS

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

2

Tools RequiredStandard screwdriver Wire stripperPhillips screwdriver Step ladder

Do not install or use fan if any part is damaged ormissing. Call Toll-Free:

1-800-654-3545

This product is designed to use only those partssupplied with this product and/or any accessoriesdesignated specifically for use with this product byEmerson Company. Substitution of parts oraccessories not designated for use with this productby Emerson Company could result in personal injuryor property damage.

WARNING: To avoid fire, shock, and serious personal injury, follow these instructions.

Safety Instructions1. Read your owner’s manual carefully and keep it for future reference.

2. Before servicing or cleaning unit, switch power off at service panel and lock service panel disconnectingmeans to prevent power from being switched on accidentally. When the service disconnecting means cannotbe locked, securely fasten a warning device, such as a tag, to the service panel.

3. Be careful of the fan and blades when cleaning, painting, or working near the fan. Always turn off the power tothe ceiling fan before servicing.

4. Do not put anything into the fan blades while they are turning.

5. Do not operate reversing switch until fan blades have come to a complete stop.

Additional Safety Instructions for Installation1. To avoid possible shock, be sure electricity is turned off at the fuse box before wiring, and do not operate fan

without blades.

2. All wiring must satisfy National and Local Electrical Codes. Use the National Electrical Code if Local Codes donot exist. The ceiling fan must be grounded as a precaution against possible electrical shock. Electricalinstallation should be made or approved by a licensed electrician.

3. The outlet box and joist must be securely mounted and capable of reliably supporting at least 50 pounds. Useonly U.L. outlet boxes listed as “Acceptable for Fan Support”, and use the mounting screws provided with theoutlet box. Most outlet boxes commonly used for support of light fixtures are not acceptable for fan supportand may need to be replaced. Consult a qualified electrician if in doubt.

4. The downrod furnished with the fan proves the minimum recommended floor to fan blade clearance for an8 foot ceiling.

5. The fan must be mounted with the fan blades at least 7 feet from the floor to prevent accidental contact with thefan blades.

6. Follow the recommended instructions for the proper method of wiring your ceiling fan. If you do not knowenough about electrical wiring, have your fan installed by a licensed electrician.

WARNING: To avoid fire, shock or injury, do not use an Emerson or any other brand of control not specificallyapproved for this fan.

WARNING: This product is designed to use only those parts supplied with this product and/or any accessoriesdesignated specifically for use this product by Emerson Company could result in personal injury or propertydamage.

WARNING: To Reduce the risk of personal injury, do not bend the blade flange when installing the blade flanges,balancing the blades or cleaning the fan. Do not insert foreign objects in between rotating fan blades.

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

If you feel you do not have enough wiring knowledge orexperience, have your fan installed by a licensedelectrician.

WARNING!

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

3

4. The fan is supplied with a hanger ball/downrodassembly. Slide the downrod (Item 3) into motor mountadapter until the hole in the downrod aligns with thecross hole in the adapter. (Make sure wires do not twistduring this step.) Next, insert clevis pin through crossholes in adapter and downrod. Install hairpin clip in holein clevis pin. Now tighten the downrod setscrewssecurely to the downrod.

5. To attach switch housing (item 5) align the color stripesof connectors. Slide the connectors together until plasticlatch on connector snaps over the tab on connector.Carefully tuck all wires and splices into the switchhousing. Position switch housing (item 5) on plate andalign the holes in the switch housing by installing thethree screws in the side of plate.

NOTE: To install an accessory light kit, remove switchhousing (item 5) and make light kit electricalconnections to blue and white leads marked “For Light”in the switch housing. Follow light kit instructions forwiring and installation. Then reinstall switch housing asoutlined above.

6. Lift the fan, without blades, and put the downrodassembly into the hanger bracket. Make sure to engagethe groove on the hanger ball (item 2) with the tab on thehanger bracket (item 1) to prevent rotation.

WIRING THE FAN. If you do not have enoughelectrical experience, have your fan installed by alicensed electrician.

NOTE: This fan comes with 80” long electrical leads.Before installing the fan, measure approximately 6 to 9inches above the hanger ball/downrod assembly. Cutoff excess leads and strip back insulation 1/2-inch fromend of leads.

GeneralAfter opening the box you should find the following parts:• One motor housing assembly• One upper canopy• One set of blade flanges• One hanger bracket• One downrod/hanger ball assembly• Parts bag• One set of blades• One switch housing cover• One Owner's Manual

Installation Instructions

The fan must be hung with at least 7' of clearancefrom floor to blades.

1. If your fan is to replace an existing ceiling light fix-tures, turn electricity off at the main fuse box at thistime and remove the existing light fixture.

Turning off wall switch is not sufficient. To avoidpossible electrical shock, be sure electricity isturned off at the main fuse box before wiring. Allwiring must be in accordance with National andLocal Codes and the ceiling fan must be properlygrounded as a precaution against possible electricalshock.

To reduce the risk of fire, electrical shock, or personalinjury, mount fan to outlet box marked “Acceptable forFan Support”, and use screws supplied with outlet box.Most outlet boxes commonly used for support of lightfixtures are not acceptable for fan support and mayneed to be replaced. Consult a qualified electrician ifin doubt.

It is critical that the clevis pin in the motor mountadapter is properly installed and the setscrews securelytightened. Failure to verify that the clevis pin andsetscrews are properly installed could result in the fanfalling.

The outlet box and joist must be securely mounted andcapable of supporting at least 50 lbs. Use only a U.L.outlet box listed as “Acceptable for Fan Support”.

Turning off wall switch is not sufficient. To avoidpossible electrical shock, be sure electricity isturned off at the main fuse box before wiring. Allwiring must be in accordance with National andLocal codes and the ceiling fan must be properlygrounded as a precaution against possible electricalshock.

2. Install hanger bracket (item 1) to outlet box using the twoscrews supplied with the outlet box. Hanger bracket mustseat firmly against outlet box. Remove wall board ifnecessary until bracket contacts box.

3. Run the downrod (item 3) through the ceiling cover(item 4). Run the three wires from the fan through thedownrod.

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

Hanger bracket must seat firmly against outlet box. Ifthe outlet box is recessed, remove wall board untilbracket contacts box. If bracket and/or outlet box arenot securely attached, the fan could wobble or fall.

WARNING!

Failure to seat tab in groove could cause damage toelectrical wires and possible shock or fire hazard.

WARNING!

To avoid possible fire or shock, do not pinch wiresbetween the hanger ball/downrod assembly andhanger bracket.

WARNING!

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

AccessoriesEmerson SW95 Speed Control can be used with this fan.

4

8. Attach the ceiling cover (item 4) to the hanger bracket(item 1) using the two canopy setscrews.

9. Remove rubber packing grommets from the motor anddiscard. They are for shipping protection only.

10. Attach the five blades (item 6) to their blade flanges(item 7) using the 3/16-24 x 5/16” screws provided.

11. Attach the blades to the fan motor with the ten 1/4-20 x1/2” screws. Tighten the blades securely to the motor.Failure to securely tighten the blades could result in fanwobble. Attach the ball and chain to the pull chain.

12. Turn on the electricity. Check to see that the fan for-ward and reverse speeds work properly. Use the pullchain switch to cycle through the three fan speed, plusoff. Use the reversing slide switch on the switch hous-ing to change fan direction. Make sure blades come toa complete stop before changing fan direction.Installation is now complete.

To reduce the risk of personal injury, do not bend theblade flanges when installing the flanges, balancingthe blades, or cleaning the fan. Do not insert foreignobjects between rotating fan blades.

Check to see that all connections are tight, includingground, and that no bare wire is visible at the wireconnectors, except for the ground wire. Do notoperate fan until blades are in place. Noise and fandamage could result.

To reduce the risk of fire or electrical shock, do notuse the fan with any solid-state speed control device.

Do not use water when cleaning you fan, as it coulddamage the motor or blades and create the possibili-ty of an electrical shock.

Any control not specifically approved for this fancould result in fire, shock, and personal injury.

This product is designed to use only those partssupplied with this product and/or any accessoriesdesignated specifically for use with this product byEmerson Company. Substitution of parts or acces-sories not designated for use with this product byEmerson Company could result in personal injury orproperly damage.

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

WARNING!

Maintenance1. Do not use abrasive cleaners which may cut through

the protective lacquer and possibly damage the finish,use only a soft brush or lint free cloth to avoid scratch-ing finish. Do not use water when cleaning you fan, as itcould damage the motor or blades and create the possi-bility of an electrical shock.

7. Connect the green grounding lead from the hanger ball andthe green grounding lead from the hanger bracket to thegrounding conductor of supply (this may be a bare wire orwire with green colored insulation). Securelyconnect wires with wire connectors supplied.

Securely connect the fan motor white wire to the supplywhite (neutral) wire using wire connector supplied. Securelyconnect the fan motor black wire and the blue wire to thesupply black (hot) wire using wire connector supplied. Afterconnections have been made, separate the white and greenleads from the black and blue leads. Carefully turn the leadsupward and push the green and white leads into one side ofthe outlet box. Then push the black and blue leads into theother side of the outlet box.

To avoid possible fire or shock, make sure that theelectrical wires are completely inside the outlet boxand not pinched between the ceiling cover and theceiling.

WARNING!

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

5

TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE SUGGESTED REMEDY

1. Fan will not start. 1. Fuse or circuit breaker blown. 1. Check main and branch circuit fuses or circuit breakers.

2. Loose power line connections to the fan, or loose 2. Check line wire connections to fan and switch switch wire connections in the switch housing. wire connections in switch housing.

WARNING: Make sure main power isturned off.

3. Reversing switch in neutral position. 3. Make sure reversing switch position is all the way to one side.

2. Fan sounds 1. Blades not attached to fan. 1. Attach blades to fan before operating.noisy. 2. Loose screws in motor housing. 2. Check to make sure all screws in motor

housing are snug (not over-tight).3. Screws securing fan blade holders to motor 3. Check to make sure the screws which attach

are loose. the fan blade holders to the motor are tight.4. Wire connectors inside switch housing rattling. 4. Check to make sure wire connectors in

switch housing are not rattling against each other or against the interior wall of the switch housing.

WARNING: Make sure main power isturned off.

3. Fan wobbles 1. Setscrew in motor mount adapter is loose. 1. Tighten setscrew in motor mount adapter.or shakes

2. Setscrew in hanger ball/downrod assembly is 2. Tighten the setscrew in the hanger ball/excessively.loose. downrod assembly.

3. Screws securing fan blade flanges to motor 3. Check to be sure screws which attach the fan are loose. blade flanges to the motor are tight.

4. Fan blade flanges are not seated properly. 4. Check to be sure the fan blade flanges seat firmly and uniformly to the surface of the motor. If flanges are seated incorrectly, loosen the holder screws and retighten.

5. Hanger bracket and/or ceiling outlet box is not 5. Tighten the hanger bracket screws to the outletsecurely fastened. box, and/or secure outlet box.

6. Fan blades are out of balance. 6. Interchanging an adjacent (side-by-side) blade pair can redistribute the weight and result in smoother operation.

Trouble Shooting

WARNING: FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY TURN OFF POWER AT FUSE BOX OR CIRCUIT BREAKERBEFORE TROUBLE SHOOTING YOUR FAN.

!

!

!

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

6

SWITCH HOUSINGPLATE

REVERSE SWITCH

COLOR CODEDMOTOR CONNECTOR

COLOR CODED SWITCH HOUSING CONNECTOR

(5) SWITCH HOUSING

(9) WIRING HARNESS

(1) HANGER BRACKET

TAB

(2) HANGER BALL

(4) CEILING COVER

(3) DOWNROD

(8) CLEVIS PIN

(8) DOWNROD SETSCREW

(8) SCREW (15 PCS)

(7) BLADE HOLDERS (5 PCS)

(8) LOCKWASHER (10 PCS)

(8) SCREW (10 PCS)

(8) CEILING COVERSETSCREW (2 PCS)

GROOVE

MOTOR HOUSING

MOTOR MOUNT ADAPTER

(6) BLADE (5 PCS)

ON/OFF 3-SPEED PULL CHAIN

(8) HAIRPIN

GREENGROUND WIRE

(8) SREWS (SUPPLIEDWITH OUTLET BOX)

GREEN GROUND WIRE

(8) BALL AND CHAIN

(8) SCREW (3 PCS)

Repair Parts

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Before discarding packaging material, be certain allparts have been removed.

HOW TO ORDER REPAIR PARTSWHEN ORDERING REPAIR PARTS, ALWAYS GIVE THEFOLLOWING INFORMATION:• PART NUMBER • PART DESCRIPTION• NAME OF ITEM • MODEL NUMBERThe model number of your Fan will be found on a labelattached to the top housing.For repair parts, phone 1-800-654-3545.

7

KEY MODEL NUMBERNO. DESCRIPTION CF700WPB07 CF700WW07 CF700PB07 CF700AB07 CF700PBW07 CF700AW07 CF700WB07 CF700BS07 CF700OB07 CF700CK07

* Hanger Ball Assembly, 760750-3 760750-3 760750-1 760750 760750-1 760750-41 760750-39 760750-24 760750-36 760750-43Consisting of:

1 Hanger Bracket — — — — — — — — — —2 Hanger Ball — — — — — — — — — —3 Downrod — — — — — — — — — —

4 Ceiling Cover 760169-27 760169-27 760169-28 760169-29 760169-28 760169-37 760169-36 760169-38 760169-39 760169-40

5 Switch Housing 760321-4 760321-4 760321-2 760321-1 760321-2 760321-28 760321-29 760321-16 760321-23 760321-30

6 Blade Assembly (set of 5) 761599-7 761599-7 761599-6 761599-6 761599 761599-8 761599-9 761599-10 761599-11 761599-12

7 Blade Flanges (set of 5) 761601-1 761601-2 761601-1 761601 761601-1 761601-4 761601-5 761601-6 761601-7 761601-8

8 Loose Parts Bag 761870-1 761870-2 761870-1 761870 761870-1 761870-1 761870 761870-2 761870 761870-2Containing:Blade Hardware — — — — — — — — — —Clevis Pin and Hairpin — — — — — — — — — —Pull Chain Ball — — — — — — — — — —Ceiling Cover Hardware — — — — — — — — — —Wire Connectors — — — — — — — — — —

9 Wiring Harness 761592-3 761592-5 761592-3 761592-4 761592-3 761592-3 761592-4 761592-5 761592-4 761592-5

— Owner’s Manual BP7181-9 BP7181-9 BP7181-9 BP7181-9 BP7181-9 BP7181-9 BP7181-9 BP7181-9 BP7181-9 BP7181-9

Repair Parts Listing

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Part No. F40BP71810009 07/04 Printed in Taiwan Form No. BP7181-9

LIMITED WARRANTYWhat The Warranty Covers:This warranty covers the motor and the other components and accessories of your Emerson ceiling fan against all defectsin workmanship and materials. You must be the original purchaser or user of the product to be covered.What The Period Of Coverage Is:As it applies to the motor, this warranty will last for fifteen years from the date you purchased your ceiling fan. All othercomponents and accessories are covered by this warranty for one year from the date you purchased your ceiling fan. ANYIMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MADE WITH RESPECT TOCOMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES IS ALSO LIMITED TO ONE YEAR.What Will Emerson Company Do To Correct Problems:Emerson Company will replace a defective Emerson Air Comfort Ceiling Fan motor, blade, component or other accessory atno charge to you. If repair of the motor or blades is not practical or possible within a reasonable time and no replacementcan be provided, Emerson will refund the actual purchase price of your fan. We will ship the repaired product orreplacement to you at no charge, but you are responsible for all costs or removal, reinstallation and shipping of the productto Emerson Company.How Can You Get Service:YOU MUST HAVE PROOF OF YOUR PURCHASE OF THE CEILING FAN TO OBTAIN LIMITED WARRANTY SERVICE. KEEPYOUR RECEIPT OR OTHER PROOF OF PURCHASE. You can return the product to our factory or to your nearestauthorized service center.• To return the product to the factory, obtain a return authorization and service identification tag by writing to Air Comfort

Products, Division of Emerson Co., 8100 W. Florissant Ave., St. Louis, MO 63136. Include all model numbers shownon the product with your request.

• To return the product to an authorized service center, call 1-800-654-3545 for the address of the nearest authorizedservice center.

You will be responsible for all insurance, freight or other transportation charges to our factory or authorized servicecenter. Your Emerson Air Comfort Ceiling Fan should be properly packed to avoid damage in transit since we will not beresponsible for any such damage.What Is Not Covered:The glass globes and light bulbs of your ceiling fan are not covered by this warranty. This warranty also does not coverany defects, malfunctions or failures caused by:• Repairs by persons not authorized by Emerson Company,• Use of parts or accessories not authorized by Emerson Company,• Mishandling, improper installation, modifications or damage to your ceiling fan while in your possession, or• Unreasonable use, misuse, abuse, including failing to do reasonable and necessary maintenance, and normal wear and

tear.Additionally, this warranty and any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose are voided

when:• The original purchaser or user ceases to own the product, or• The fan is moved from its original point of installation.This warranty is only valid within the 50 states of the United States and the District of Columbia. No other written or oralwarranties apply, and no employee, agent, dealer or other person is authorized to give any warranties on behalf ofEmerson Company.REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR A REFUND ARE THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE UNDER THIS WARRANTY ANDEMERSON IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL AND CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES. Incidental damages include but are not limited to such damages as loss of time and loss of use.Consequential damages include but are not limited to the cost of repairing or replacing other property which wasdamaged if this product does not work properly.How State Law Relates To The Warranty:Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above exclusion orlimitation may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights whichvary from state to state.

Air Comfort ProductsDIVISION OF EMERSON COMPANY

8100 W. Florissant ¥ St. Louis, MO 63136

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE L1

MANUFACTURE: ALL PRO

DESCRIPTION: FLUORESENT CAN LIGHT SHOWER

PART # CAN EI2072AT TRIM ERT724

LAMPS: 26 WATT PL





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

Catalog #

Project

Comments

Prepared by

Type

Date

SPEC I F I CAT ION FEATURES

ALL-PRO™

DESCR I PT ION

The EI2072AT is designed for use in insulated ceilings and can bein direct contact with ceiling insulation. This AIRTITE™ housingprevents air flow between attic and living areas. The 26Welectronic compact fluorescent ballast meets Energy Starrequirements including FCC Title 47 CFR part 18 for consumerequipment. The EI2072AT offers trim types including reflector andlensed trims. The EI2072AT is covered under a 2 year Energy StarLimited Warranty.

A . . .Hous ing

Single wall aluminum housing.Openings are gasketed forAIRTITE installation. Housingheight allows use in 2” x 8” joistconstruction. Housing adjusts forceilings up to 1-1/8” thick. AIRTITEceiling-to-housing installationgasket included.

B . . .P l as te r F rame

Includes regressed locking screwfor hanger bars and cutouts forcrimping hanger bars in position.

C . . .Junc t ion Box

• UL listed for thorough branchwiring.

• Positioned to accommodatestraight conduit runs.

• Seven conduit knockouts areuniform 1/2” size with truepryout slots.

• Four pryouts with integral strainrelief simplify non-metallicsheathed cable installation.

D . . .Ba r Hangers

Bar Hanger features include• Pre-installed nail.

• Mini leveling foot aligns thehousing to the bottom of thejoist.

• Housing can be positioned atany point within 24” joistspans

• Score lines allow tool-freeshortening for narrow joistspacing.

• Bar hangers may be reposi-tioned 90° on plaster frame

• Integral T-bar clip snaps ontoT-bars – no additional clips arerequired

E . . .SocketG24q-3/GX28-3 socket for one26W DTT*- Double Twin Tube(Quad) or 26W TTT -Triple twinTube 4-pin lamp

F . . .Lamp

Compact Fluorescent Lamp (byothers)26 watt lamp genericdesignations:DTT-Double Twin Tube(Quad)(CFQ)• CFQ26W/G24q

2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4100KTTT-Triple Twin tube (CFTR)• CFTR26W/GX24q

2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4100K• Up to 12,000 hr rated average

life• 82CRI rated lamps provide

excellent color and high visualcomfort.

• Color temperature (warm tocool) options offer 2700Kwarm, 3000K, 3500K mediumwarm and 4100K coolincandescent-like light.

G . . .E l ec t ron i c Ba l l as tModels are provided with EnergyStar Qualified and Title 24compliant electronic fluorescentballast. The ballast is rated for

use with 26W Double Twin Tubeor Triple Twin Tube lamps (TripleTwin Tube is preferred for bestvisual comfort). Ballast is a highfrequency electronic type thatoperates lamps above 40 kHz. Inaddition the ballast is thermallyprotected and end of life featureshuts down the ballast uponlamp failure with auto restart toeliminate need to reset powerafter lamp replacement. MeetsFCC EMI/RFI Consumer LevelLimits.

Labe l s

• UL/cUL Listed for DampLocation

• UL/cUL Listed for Feed Through• UL/cUL Listed for Direct Contact

with Insulation andcombustible material

Compl ianceMeets following restricted airflow and IC requirements:• Washington State Energy Code• State of California Title 24 High

Efficacy Luminaire• International Energy

Conservation Code• New York State Energy

Conservation ConstructionCode

• Certified AIRTITE under ASTM-E283

EI2072AT6" Insulated Ceiling

Compact Fluorescent

AIRTITE Recessed

Housing

26 Watt Compact

Fluorescent

6 ” TR IMS

7"[178mm]

6-1/2"[165mm]

10-1/2"[267mm]

7-1/2"[191mm]

1/2"[13mm]

Top View

COOPER LIGHTING

FOR USE ININSULATED CE I L INGS

FOR D IRECT CONTACTW ITH INSULAT ION

Ordering Information and 2 year limited warranty information on reverse

Energy DataRated Lamp Watts: 26W (CFQ26WG238Voltage: 120V-60HzInput current: 0.40 AmpsInput (Full) Power (ANSI watts): 24

EMI: FCC Title 47 CFR Part 18 (Class B)Consumer compliant for EMI (conductedand radiated)Sound rating: APower Factor: 0.54Ballast factor: .90Max. THD: 150%Min. Starting Temperature: 0°F/-18°CCrest Factor: <1.7

11/08ADV082456

AE

F

D

C G

B

CaliforniaTitle 24

Compliant

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

L1

EI2072AT

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

E I 2 0 7 2 A T

TR IMS

Specular and Matte (Haze) Reflectors,Gloss White Trim Ring, Torsion Springs26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact FluorescentERT770TS=Clear Specular ReflectorERT770MTS=Matte (Haze) ReflectorOD: 7-1/4" (184mm)

Gloss White Reflector with TorsionSprings26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact FluorescentERT771TS=Gloss White ReflectorOD: 7-1/4" (184mm)

Metal Baffle with Torsion Springs26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact FluorescentET772TS=Black Baffle, Gloss White UpperReflector, Gloss White Trim Ring

ET772WHTTS=Gloss White Baffle, GlossWhite Upper Reflector, Gloss White TrimRingOD: 7-1/4" (184mm)

Drop Opal Lens26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact FluorescentERT724=Wet location listed Shower Lightwith Drop Opal Lens and White Trim RingOD: 8" (203mm)

ORDER ING INFORMAT ION

SAMPLE NUMBER : E I 2 0 7 2AT - ERT770TSO r d e r h o u s i n g , t r i m a n d a c c e s s o r i e s s e p a r a t e l y .

EI2072AT=Insulated Ceiling 26W Compact Fluorescent AIR-TITEHousing

Tr ims

Hous ing

Accessor ies

Note: Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice.Visit our web site at www.cooperlighting.com

Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770 486.4801Cooper Lighting 5925 McLaughlin Rd. Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L5R 1B8 905.507.4000 FAX 905.568.7049

ERT770

ERT771

ERT772

ERT724

Gasket KitGA-ATH7-6PK= AIRTITE Finished Ceiling Gasket Kit, 6 pieces

(Seals ceiling cut-out irregularities)

Oversise Trim RingsFor use when ceiling opening is cut too large. Fits behind trimflange

OT400P= 9-1/4” OD White Metal

OT403P= 8” OD White plastic

2 YEAR PRODUCT WARRANTYEnergy Star Labeled Recessed LightingCooper Lighting (The Company) warrants this product ("the product")against defects in material or workmanship for a period of two years fromdate of original purchase, and agrees to repair or, at the company'soption, replace a defective product without charge for either replacementparts or labor during such time. This does not include labor to remove orinstall fixtures.This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser of the product. Apurchasers receipt or other proof of date of original purchase acceptableto the Company is required before warranty performance shall berendered.This warranty only covers product failure due to defects in materials orworkmanship which occurs in normal use. It does not cover the bulb orfailure of product caused by accident, misuse, abuse, lack of reasonablecare, alteration, or faulty installation, subjecting the product to any but thespecified electrical service or any other failure not resulting from defects inmaterials or workmanship. Damage to the product caused by separatelypurchased, non-Company supplied components or bulbs, and corrosion ordiscoloration of components are not covered by this warranty.There are no express warranties except as described above.THE COMPANY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THEPRODUCT OR ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. ALLIMPLIED WARRANTIES, IF ANY, INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTS OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARELIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS EXPRESSWARRANTY. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation ofincidental or consequential damages, or limitations on how long animplied warranty lasts, so the above exclusions or limitations may notapply to you.No other warranty, written or verbal, is authorized by the Company. Thiswarranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have otherrights which vary from state to state.To obtain warranty service, please write to Cooper Lighting, 1121 Highway74 South, Peachtree City Georgia 30269. Enclose product model numberand problems you are experiencing, along with address and telephonenumber. You will then be contacted with a solution or a Return GoodsAuthorization number and full instructions for returning the product. Allreturned products must be accompanied by a Return Goods AuthorizationNumber issued by the Company and must be returned freight prepaid.Any product received without a Return Goods Authorization Number fromthe Company will be refused.Cooper Lighting is not responsible for merchandise damaged in transit.Repaired or replaced products shall be subject to the terms of thiswarranty and are inspected when packed. Evident or concealed damagethat is made in transit should be reported at once to the carrier making thedelivery and a claim filed with them.

Drop Opal Lens26W DTT, 26W TTT Compact FluorescentERT724=Wet location listed Shower Lightwith Drop Opal Lens and White Trim RingOD: 8" (203mm)

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE L3

MANUFACTURE: HALO

DESCRIPTION: INCANDESENT CAN

PART # CAN H7ICT TRIM 30CAT

LAMPS: 75 WATT PAR 30 HALOGEN LONG NECK





Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

SPECIFICATIONS

BMH Sleep Lab

EMD

L3

30CAT

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

FIXTURE TYPE L4

MANUFACTURE: PORTFOLIO

DESCRIPTION: TRACK LIGHT

PART # EC1475SBA

LAMPS: GU10-16 50WATT

WEB SITE: www.lowes.com

Steve

Text Box

RETURN

Form No. 74-00-4001 S168-195-001 Revision E

DIGITAL ALARM II

FOR HOSPITALS AND LABORATORIES

INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

INTRODUCTION

Allied Healthcare Products, Inc.’s Digital Alarm II alarms are designed to monitor

the supply status of piped medical gases, including clinical vacuum, and the

respective delivery pressures of each gas or vacuum. Observe the following

guide when designing or installing a specific medical gas alarm wiring system.

52 635.0

Steve

Text Box

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page No. SECTION I 1.0 General Information 1

1.1.0 Precautions 1 1.2.0 Specifications 2 1.3.0 Description of Components 4

1.3.1.0 Back Box 4 1.3.1.3 Mother Board 4 1.3.2.0 Control Module 4 1.3.3.0 Pressure/Vacuum Module 5 1.3.4.0 Eight-Signal Annunciator Module 5 1.3.5.0 Blank Module 5

SECTION I I 2.0 Theory of Operation 6

2.1.0 Control Module 6 2.2.0 Pressure Vacuum Display Module 7 2.3.0 Eight-Signal Annunciator Module 8 2.4.0 Mother Board 8

SECTION III 3.0 Typical Wall Box 9

3.1.0 Wall Boxes 9 SECTION IV 4.0 Installation 10

4.1.0 Mounting Box Installation 10 4.2.0 Wiring 12 4.2.5 Wiring The 8 Signal Module 13 4.2.6 Wiring The Pressure/Vacuum Modules 13 4.2.7 Installing The Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters 14 4.2.8 Wiring The Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters 15 4.2.9 Final AC Connection 15 4.2.10 Installing The Front Panel 15 4.2.11 Labeling The Modules 15

SECTION V 5.0 Set-Up 20

5.2.0 Pressure/Vacuum Mode Switch Setting 20 5.4.0 Pressure/Vacuum Module Set-up 20 5.4.2 Lo Pressure Range Set-up 20 5.4.3 Hi Pressure Range Set-up 21 5.4.4 Vacuum Range Set-up 21 5.5.0 8-Signal Module Set-up 21

SECTION VI 6.0 Typical Wiring Diagram 22

SECTION VII 7.0 Replacement Parts For Digital Alarm II 27

1

SECTION I

GENERAL INFORMATION 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION: 1.1.0 PRECAUTIONS: 1.1.1 WARNING: Warnings are provided to alert the user to situations that may cause personal injury. 1.1.2 CAUTION: Cautions are provided to alert the user to situations that may cause equipment damage.

WARNING: ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DO NOT REMOVE TRANSFORMER COVER. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

WARNING:

ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. INSTALLATION TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY.

WARNING: ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DISCONNECT ALL POWER FROM ALARM INCOMING SIGNAL AND POWER MAINS BEFORE PERFORMING ANY WIRING.

WARNING: GAS MUST BE SHUT OFF BEFORE PERFORMING STEP 4.2.7.2 AS PERSONAL INJURY MAY OCCUR.

CAUTION: ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE COMPONENTS. USE GROUNDING STRAP WHEN WORKING ON INSIDE OR WHEN INSTALLING ALARM SYSTEM.

CAUTION: OVERHEATING OF THE LOWER PORTION OF THE PIGTAILS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL PARTS OF THE DISS FITTING.

CAUTION: A PRESSURE TEST MUST BE PERFORMED WITHOUT PRESSURE/VACUUM TRANSMITTER IN PLACE IN ORDER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE TRANSMITTER.

CAUTION: THE CABLE USED FOR REMOTE TRANSMITTERS MUST HAVE A STRAIN RELIEF TO KEEP TENSION OFF THE TRANSMITTER LEADS.

CAUTION: TURN POWER SWITCH OFF. DO NOT INSTALL FRONT PANEL WITH POWER ON AS THE MODULES MAY BE DAMAGED.

CAUTION:

DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM ALLIED HEALTHCARE PRODUCTS, INC.’S TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER. SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS CAN CAUSE PREMATURE PRODUCT FAILURE AND MAY VOID THE WARRANTY.

2

1.2.0 Specifications: 1.2.1 Electrical Requirements: AC 115 50/60 Hz (1/8 Amp maximum) AC 230 50/60 Hz (1/16 Amp maximum) 1.2.2 Classification: Protection Class I 1.2.3 Operation: Continuous 1.2.4 Operating Conditions: 1.2.4.1 Temperature: 50°F to 100°F (10°C to 37.8°C) 1.2.4.2 Humidity: 30% to 75% RH 1.2.5 Shipping/Storing Conditions: 1.2.5.1 Temperature: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) 1.2.5.2 Humidity: 30% to 75% RH 1.2.6 Accuracy: 1.2.6.1 100 PSI Module Assy ± 3 PSI 1.2.6.2 300 PSI Module Assy ± 9 PSI 1.2.6.3 Vacuum Module Assy ± 1 Inch Hg

3

The following description of components is included to familiarize you with the terminology used in this manual.

Figure 1 – Back Box with Pigtails

CAUTION: PROTECT THE INTERNAL COMPONENTS WITHIN THE BACK BOX BY KEEPING THE DUST COVER IN PLACE UNTIL THE FRONT PANEL IS READY TO BE INSTALLED.

CAUTION: ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SENSITIVE COMPONENTS. USE GROUNDING STRAP WHEN WORKING ON INSIDE OR WHEN INSTALLING ALARM SYSTEM.

4

1.3.0 Description of Components: 1.3.1.0 The Back Box: 1.3.1.1 The Back Box (see Figure 1) contains the electronic “Mother Board”, step-down transformers, system

power supply, front panel connector, and terminal blocks to interface with external circuits. 1.3.1.2 Two types of back boxes exist: 1.3.1.2.1 Type 1(see Figure 1) contains copper pigtails to which an installer directly connects gas or vacuum. 1.3.1.2.1 Type 2 (not pictured) does not contain pigtails. This back box is designed to incorporate

Pressure/Vacuum Modules with remote Transmitters. Additionally, it is used for units which contain Eight-Signal Annunciator Modules.

1.3.1.3 The Mother Board: 1.3.1.3.1 The Mother Board is installed in the Back Box and supplies the power for the alarm and all of the electrical

inputs and outputs. There are 2 different types of Mother Boards. 1.3.1.3.1.1 Type 1 has the capabilities to handle one Control Module and three display Modules (i.e. any combination

of Pressure/Vacuum, Eight-Signal or Blank Modules). 1.3.1.3.1.2 Type 2 has the capabilities to handle one Control Module and 6 other modules (i.e., any combination of

Pressure/Vacuum, Eight-Signal or Blank Modules). 1.3.2.0 The Control Module 1.3.2.1 The Control Module contains a microprocessor that controls all of the input and output functions of the

alarm (audible, visual and electronic). At power up, and after being reset, the microprocessor determines what types of modules are included in the alarm.

Figure 2 – Control Module Figure 3 - Pressure/Vacuum Module

(Overlay # 74-91-0021) (Overlay # 74-91-0020)

52 635

Label 74-91-0001

5

1.3.3.0 The Pressure/Vacuum Module: 1.3.3.1 The Pressure/Vacuum Module displays the output from the Control Module with its Liquid Crystal Display

(LCD). During power up, and after reset, it tells the Control Module what type of a module it is. It can be configured a low pressure (0 to 100 PSIG), a high pressure (0 to 250 PSIG for software revision below 4.0 and 0 to 300 PSIG for software revisions 4.0 and greater), or a Vacuum (0 to 30 inches Hg) Module.

1.3.4.0 The Eight-Signal Annunciator Module: 1.3.4.1 The Eight-Signal Annunciator Module (see Figure 4) displays the condition of remote switches. During

power up, and after reset, the Eight-Signal Annunciator Module tells the Control Module what type of module it is.

1.3.5.0 The Blank Module: 1.3.5.1 Blank Modules (not shown) are used in configurations where the alarm employed contains positions that

are unused.

Figure 4 - Eight-Signal Annunciator Module

(Overlay # 74-91-0022)

Label 74-91-0003

Label 74-91-0002

6

SECTION II THEORY OF OPERATION

2.0 Theory of Operation: 2.1.0 Control Module: 2.1.1 The Control Module is microprocessor based and controls the functions of the entire alarm system. Under

normal conditions, the light (LED) at the top of the module will be green, showing that the unit has power. Should the internal electronics detect a Control Module problem, the light will turn red and the audio alarm will sound. Pressing the alarm silence button on the module will turn off the audio alarm.

2.1.2 The Set-up Button (see Figure 5) is used to enter Set-up Mode, which allows user to modify factory set

parameters. The Set-up Button, Silence Button, and Test Button are used to modify factory set values for nominal pressures or minimum vacuum levels. Also, during Set-up of Pressure/Vacuum Modules, the Reset Button changes units of measure. During Set-up of the Eight-Signal Module, the Set-up Button changes the output from Normally Closed to Normally Open or Normally Open to Normally Closed.

2.1.3 The Reset Button (see Figure 5) resets the microprocessor, and must be pressed when the Set-up

procedure is complete. The Reset Button also should be pressed if abnormal alarm operation is observed. When the button is no

longer pressed, the microprocessor will conduct several internal tests. If all tests are successfully completed, the audio alarm will sound three times, and normal alarm operation will follow.

Figure 5 - Set-up and Reset

Button Location on Control Module (Rear View) 2.1.4 The alarm silence button (see Figure 2) silences the audio alarm during normal operation. Refer to Set-up

Section for details of its other functions. 2.1.5 The Test Button (see Figure 2) puts the alarm in the test mode during normal operation. Refer to the Set-

up sections for details of its other functions.

S2 S1

7

2.2.0 Pressure/Vacuum Display Module: 2.2.1 The Pressure/Vacuum Display Module contains a LCD that provides continuous pressure/vacuum

readings for a single gas pressure or vacuum line. During normal operation, a dual color LED will remain green. Once the pressure monitor deviates by more than ± 20% from the nominal, the LED will turn red. When monitoring vacuum lines, the LED will turn red when the vacuum level drops below the minimum vacuum level.

2.2.2 Alarm State - When an alarm condition occurs, the LED will turn red, and the audio alarm will be

activated. Actual pressure/vacuum levels can be observed on the digital display at all times. The visual indicator will remain red until the alarm condition is cleared. The audio indication will remain active for the duration of the alarm condition unless silenced by the alarm silence button (see Figure 2) on the Control Module.

2.2.3 Alarm Silence - When an alarm condition is detected, the alarm silence button can be used to cancel the

audio alarm. An “Alarm Wake Up” feature will reactivate the audio alarm if the silenced alarm remains in alarm for 30 minutes. This will ensure that a prolonged alarm condition is not left without attention.

2.2.4 Multiple Alarm Conditions - Silencing the initial fault will not prevent the audio alarm from sounding due

to subsequent alarm conditions from other modules. 2.2.5 Test - The Test Button on the panel of the Control Module will initiate a system test that will sequentially

test each Pressure/Vacuum Module or Eight-Signal Annunciator Module. The test for each Pressure/Vacuum Module consists of several tests in the following order:

2.2.5.1 LCD Display Test - To ensure that all the display segments are functional and under the control of the

system, they will first all be activated. The display should read 8888. After a short delay, the entire display will be blanked. The High Pressure Module will display “HI P” if the software is configured for operation with a 300 PSIG transmitter.

2.2.5.2 Low Pressure/Vacuum Simulation - The display will show a pressure/vacuum reading that is one unit

below the minimum acceptable pressures (one unit below the set minimum vacuum level). At the same time, the LED will turn red and the audio alarm will sound. The audio alarm can be canceled by pressing the alarm silence button on the Control Module.

2.2.5.3 Nominal Pressure/Minimum Vacuum Level - If the module is configured as a Pressure Module (high or

low pressure), the display will turn green to suggest normal conditions. Please note that the alarm automatically determines the high and low limits. These limits are + and - 20% of the nominal pressure, as indicated on the display.

For modules configured to monitor vacuum, the display will show the minimum level allowable, and the

light will turn green to suggest normal conditions. 2.2.5.4 High Pressure Simulation - During this phase of the test, the display will show a pressure level that is

one unit above the maximum allowable pressure. Additionally, the audio alarm will sound and the LED will turn red to indicate an alarm condition. Pressing the Audio Silence Button on the Control Module will silence the audio alarm. If the module is configured as a Vacuum Module, this part of the test is not implemented.

8

2.3.0 Eight-Signal Annunciator Module: 2.3.1 The Eight-Signal Annunciator Module (see Figure 4) is used exclusively to monitor remote signals. These

discrete ON/OFF signals can represent conditions such as Reserve In Use, Liquid Level Low, High/Low Line Pressure or the status of another alarm panel. The Eight-Signal Module contains a dual color status LED at the top of the module. During normal operation, this LED is green. This LED will turn red should one or more of the eight-signals switch from normal to a fault condition. At the same time, the audio alarm will sound and the red LED (Fault Indicator) next to the label of the fault condition will be illuminated. Pressing the alarm silence button on the Control Module will silence the audio alarm. An “Alarm Wake Up” feature will reactivate the audio alarm if the silenced alarm remains in that state for 8 hours. This will ensure that a prolonged alarm condition is not left without attention. Subsequent activation of any other signal will cause the silenced audio alarm to sound again. Only correction of the fault monitored by the individual Fault Indicator will cause it to be extinguished. Only correction of all faults will cause the red status LED to turn green.

2.3.2 Test - To ensure that the Status LED and that each of the 8 signal lights (Fault Indicators) is functional, the

Control Module does the following test: 2.3.2.1 Initially all Fault Indicators are extinguished and the Status LED turns green. 2.3.2.2 Next, starting at the top, each Fault Indicator is turned on in succession until all 8 indicators are on. Each

time an additional indicator is turned on, the audio alarm will sound briefly. The audio alarm may be silenced for the rest of the test of this module by pressing the alarm silence button. The Status LED alternates colors (red and green) whenever an additional Fault Indicator is activated.

2.3.2.3 Once all 8 indicators are turned on, the reverse of Paragraph 2.3.2.2 above occurs until the system returns

to its normal operating condition. 2.4.0 Mother Board: 2.4.1 The Mother Board serves several functions as follows: 2.4.1.1 Power Supply - Connection to the 115/230 Volt, 50/60 Hertz mains is provided on the Mother Board.

Three current overload devices are installed in each alarm. One is a fuse that is part of the ON/OFF Switch Circuit located on the Power Supply Cover. The other two are solid state components soldered on the board and are under the Power Supply Cover. Incoming power is transformed to low voltages that in turn are rectified, filtered and regulated to 20 Volts DC and 5 Volts DC.

2.4.1.2 Transmitter Interface - All Pressure/Vacuum Transmitter Inputs are connected to the Mother Board. 2.4.1.3 Eight-Signal Annunciator Module Inputs - All Eight-Signal Module Inputs are connected to the Mother

Board. 2.4.1.4 All Electronic Dry Contact Outputs - All Electronic Dry Contact Outputs are located on the Mother

Board. 2.4.1.5 Front Panel Interface - All appropriate signals and power supply voltages are supplied through the ribbon

connector on the Mother Board.

9

.SECTION III TYPICAL WALL BOX

Figure 6 - Sizes of Boxes and Front Panels

3.0 Typical Wall Box: 3.1.0 Wall Boxes: 3.1.1 The Wall Boxes are available in two sizes. 3.1.1.1 One is 12.12 inches long and is meant for one Control Module and three other modules. 3.1.1.2 The second one is 21.12 inches long and is meant for one Control Module and six other modules.

10

.SECTION IV INSTALLATION

WARNING: ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD. INSTALLATION TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY.

4.0 Installation: 4.1.0 Mounting Box Installation:

4.1.1 Remove the back box from the carton and store carton (with Front Panel) in a safe, dry place until all plastering and wiring is complete.

4.1.2 Install the back box at the specified height in a rough-in wall (see Figure 7). Fasten it securely to the wall

framing. Make sure the box is parallel, squared and flush with the finished wall surface. The contractor is reminded to coordinate with other trades in anchoring alarms rigidly into the wall. It is not sufficient to simply grout them in.

Note: For Remote Transmitters refer to Step 4.2.7.2. For Transmitters to be installed in Back Box

continue with Step 4.1.3. 4.1.3 For general installation guidelines, refer to NFPA 99, “Health Care Facilities”. 4.1.3 Remove Dust Caps and Dust Cover to connect pigtails to appropriate laterals. 4.1.4 As the connections are being made, identify each line inside the Back Box with the furnished labels. Be

careful not to damage the DISS fitting (by over-heating the lower portion) while silver brazing.

Wrap the pigtail with a damp cloth or use a commercially available heat sink to minimize over-heating (see Figure 8).

Figure 7 – Box Installed In Wall Figure 8 – Minimize Overheating Of Valve

CAUTION: OVERHEATING OF THE LOWER PORTION OF THE PIGTAILS WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE

INTERNAL PARTS OF THE DISS FITTING.

11

4.1.5 Replace the Dust Cover until it is time to pressure test the system.

CAUTION: A PRESSURE TEST MUST BE PERFORMED WITHOUT PRESSURE/VACUUM TRANSMITTER IN PLACE IN ORDER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE TRANSMITTER.

Figure 9 – Mother Board and Power Supply Cover

Figure 9 – Mother Board and Power Supply Cover

Figure 10 – Dust Cover and Angles Orientation

ON/OFF SWITCH

VOLTAGE SELECTOR SWITCH (SET FOR 115 OR 230 VOLTS)

12

4.2.0 Wiring: 4.2.1 Remove the Dust Cover and angles, to which it mounts, from the Back Box (see Figure 10). Turn angles

upside down and reinstall with angles pushed flush against finished wall surface. 4.2.2 Remove the Power Supply Cover. Insure that the primary fuse is not installed. If fuse is installed, remove by pushing in on fuse cap and

rotating counterclockwise then pulling out (see Figure 9). Do not install the primary fuse until after the Front Panel is connected.

4.2.2.1 Wiring the 115 Or 230 VAC Mains: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD. DISCONNECT ALL POWER FROM ALARM INCOMING SIGNAL

AND POWER MAINS BEFORE PERFORMING ANY WIRING. 4.2.2.2 Bring 115 or 230 volts AC line to the left bottom side of the Back Box (see Figure 7) and connect

conductors to: Hot side to terminal 1 of the Power Input; Neutral side to terminal 3 of the Power Input Terminal Block and Ground to the grounding post or terminal 2 (see Figures 9 and 19). Electrical supply should be from the standard and essential electrical system, life safety branch. Verify that the Selector Switch is set for proper voltage (see Figure 9).

4.2.3 Pull Signal and Common wires from remote switches and slave panels through the bottom or right side of

the Back Box. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be #18 gauge insulated wire. The maximum wire size for use as signal wire is #14 gauge. Use Belden Multi-wire shielded cables or equivalent for five or more wires:

Belden Cable:

# 9773 - 3 Pairs # 9774 - 6 Pairs # 9775 - 9 Pairs # 9776 - 12 Pairs # 9777 - 15 Pairs

4.2.4 Knockouts are provided for making conduit connections to the box. The maximum recommended wire

length to any Remote Switch is 1,500 feet. For distances greater than 1,500 feet, contact your local Allied Healthcare Products, Inc. representative. All wiring should be installed according to local and national codes (N.E.C. Article 800).

13

4.2.5 Wiring the Eight-Signal Module: 4.2.5.1 Inputs - After pulling remote signal wires to the alarm panel, make connections to the terminal blocks on

the Mother Board (see Figure 19): J3 and J4 for Module #1; J11 and J12 for Module #2; J20 and J21 for Module #3; J5 and J6 for Module #4; J13 and J14 for Module #5; J22 and J23 for Module #6.

NOTE: The Input Terminal Blocks have a vertical orientation.

Figure 11 – Module Number Figure 12 Input Wiring Sequence 4.2.5.2 Outputs- Each Eight-Signal Module has 8 outputs per module. Each output is isolated and has 2 connections

(See Figures 13 and 19).

Make the connections to the output terminal blocks on the Mother Board: Bank 1 is output for Module # 1; Bank 2 is the output for Module #2; Bank 3 is the output for Module #3; Bank 4 is the output for Module #4; Bank 5 is the output for Module #5; Bank 6 is the output for Module #6. There are two terminal blocks for each Bank (see Figure 13).

NOTE: THE MAXIMUM OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ON THE ELECTRONIC DRY CONTACTS IS TO BE 40

VOLTS DC OR 40 VOLTS AC PEAK. 0.35 AMPS PEAK CURRENT.

For 4 Gang (Rev. D) and earlier For 4 Gang (Rev. E) or later and 7 Gang (Rev. A) and 7 Gang (Rev. B) or later

Figure 13 – Output Locations

4.2.6 Wiring the Pressure/Vacuum Modules: 4.2.6.1 The Pressure/Vacuum Modules (See Figures 13 and 18) have 8 outputs per module. Each output is

isolated and has 2 connections. After pulling the wire from the Slave Alarm or other external device (i.e. Building Automation System),

make connections to the appropriate terminals as identified in Figures 13 and 19. The outputs are factory configured.

14

4.2.6.2 Factory configuration of Pressure/Vacuum Outputs:

Output Number Description 1 Contact opens on low pressure 2 Contact opens on high pressure 3 Contact opens on abnormal pressure 4 Contact opens on any fault condition of inputs (all modules) * 5 Contact closes on low pressure 6 Contact closes on high pressure 7 Contact closes on abnormal pressure 8 Contact closes on any fault condition of inputs (all modules) *

* Note: Outputs 4 and 8 only work on 7 Gang Boards when all inputs are connected.

Figure 14 – Transmitter Installation Figure 14 - Transmitter Installation 4.2.7 Installing the Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters: 4.2.7.1 Installing the Pressure/Vacuum Transmitter inside the Back Box. For #1 Module, assemble the transmitter

to the left male DISS fitting (see Figure 14). Repeat this step for each Transmitter. Refer to Paragraph 4.2.8.1 for wiring instructions.

WARNING: GAS MUST BE SHUT OFF BEFORE PERFORMING STEP 4.2.7.2 AS PERSONAL INJURY

MAY OCCUR. 4.2.7.2 Installing the Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters outside the Back Box (see Figure 14) Install a 1/8-27 NPT

connection in the hospital piping system at intended location of Transmitter (install per NFPA 99). Screw a male DISS fitting into the above installed connector.

Assemble the transmitter to the male DISS fitting (see Figure 14). Repeat this step for each Transmitter.

Refer to Paragraph 4.2.8.2 for wiring instructions.

BACK BOX INSTALLATION REMOTE INSTALLATION

DISS MALE

SCREW ONTO FITTING

PRESSURE/VACUUM TRANSMITTER

PRESSURE/VACUUM TRANSMITTER

1/8” NPT

DISS MALE

HOSPITAL PIPING SYSTEM CONNECTION (BY INSTALLER)

15

4.2.8 Wiring the Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters: 4.2.8.1 For Transmitters installed in the Back box, the Transmitters are wired to the terminal blocks starting on the

left for Module #1 (see Figure 19) with the red wire to the terminal X1 position 1 and the black wire to X1 position 2. If the Transmitter has a shield wire, it is to be put in terminal X1 position 3. Repeat the above operation for each Transmitter moving to the next three terminal pins, Module #2-terminal X2, Module #3-terminal X3, etc. the right.

CAUTION: THE CABLE USED FOR REMOTE TRANSMITTERS MUST HAVE A STRAIN RELIEF TO KEEP

TENSION OFF THE TRANSMITTER LEADS.

4.2.8.2 For Transmitters installed remote, the Transmitters can be located up to 5,000 feet from the Alarm Back

Box. When remote Transmitters are used, a 2 wire shielded cable is required (Belden # 8760 or equivalent). The minimum wire size is #18 gauge. The black wire of the cable is to be spliced to the black wire of the Transmitter. The clear insulated wire is to be spliced to the red wire of the Transmitter end of the cable. The shield is not to be connected as this can cause noise in the cable. At the Back Box end of the cable, the clear insulated wire is terminated at terminal X(x) position 1, the black wire is terminated at X(x) position 2, and the shield is terminated at X(x) position 3. Repeat the above with the remaining Transmitters.

4.2.9 Final AC Connection: 4.2.9.1 Connect the primary fuse connector to the plug (see Figure 9) on the Mother Board. Replace the Power

Supply Cover. Do not replace the primary fuse until after the Front Panel has been installed. 4.2.10 Installing the Front Panel (See Figure 18): 4.2.10.1 Ensure that the mounting angles have been turned over (See 4.2.1 and Figure 10). 4.2.10.2 Remove Front Panel from carton and unwrap protective cover. 4.2.11 Labeling the Modules: 4.2.11.1 Pop the modules and the retaining angle brackets out of the frame (see Figure 16). 4.2.11.2 Lift the overlay of each Pressure/Vacuum Module and label it with the appropriate Gas Service Label (see

Figure 15). Double-sided tape is provided at the bottom of the module. The installer is to remove the protective cover off the tape, then press down on the overlay.

4.2.11.3 Lift the overlay of each Eight-Signal Module (see Figure 15) and label it with the Main Eight-Signal label

and the Remote Signal Labels. Double-sided tape is provided at the bottom of the module, the installer is to remove the protective cover off the tape, then press down on the overlay.

4.2.11.4 Installing Gas Distribution Monitor - Main Monitor Label. 4.2.11.4.1 Type or print, on the label (refer to the illustration on the label), the area that is being monitored and the

person or persons to be called if an alarm condition occurs (i.e., Intensive Care Unit 3 - John Doe at Ext. 333).

4.2.11.4.2 Install the label in the backside of the Front Panel (refer to illustration and instructions on label). 4.2.11.5 Pop the modules back into the Frame Assembly. 4.2.11.6 Pull the Wire Hook out from the frame (see Figure 17) and hang the Front Panel on it (see Figure 18),

using the tab on the left side of the top mounting bracket.

CAUTION: TURN POWER SWITCH OFF. DO NOT INSTALL FRONT PANEL WITH POWER ON AS THE MODULES MAY BE DAMAGED.

16

4.2.11.7 Plug the ribbon cable from the Control Module into the connector on the Mother Board (see Figure 18). Replace the primary fuse.

4.2.11.8 Alarm is now ready for operation. If Set-up has not been completed, proceed with Set-up.

Figure 15 – Label Installation Figure 16 – Removing Module

Figure 17 – Wire Hook

17

Figure 18 – Front Panel Installation

18

Figure 19 (A) – 7 Module Mother Board

19

Figure 19(B) – 4 Module Mother Board

20

SECTION V SET-UP

5.0 Set-up: 5.1.0 Hang the Front Panel on the Wire Hook provided (see Figure 17). Install ribbon cable per Installation

Instructions and turn Power Switch on.

Figure 20 – Pressure/Vacuum Switch 5.2.0 Pressure/Vacuum Mode Switch Setting: 5.2.1 On each Pressure/Vacuum Module there are two switches (see Figure 20) that tell the Control Module

what pressure range to display on that particular module. These switches must be set before proceeding with the rest of the Set-up. After setting the switches on all Pressure/Vacuum Modules, press the Reset Button – S2 (see Figure 5) on the Control Module.

Note: Do not set both SW1 and SW2 to the ON position. This is not a valid setting and will result in

abnormal operation. 5.3.0 Press Set-up Button – S1 (see Figure 5) to enter the Set-up Mode. 5.4.0 Pressure/Vacuum Module Set-up: 5.4.1 Three configurations of the Pressure/Vacuum Modules are available, depending on the Mode Switch

setting (Lo Pressure, Hi Pressure or Vacuum). 5.4.2 Lo Pressure Range Set-up (0-100 PSI): 5.4.2.1 The Normal/Alarm LED is alternately flashing green and red.

21

5.4.2.2 “50” PSI is displayed. This is the factory setting for nominal. To change units of measurement to

Kilopascals, press the Set-up Button (see Figure 5). Each time the Set-up Button is pressed, during this part of the Set-up, the units of measure on the module will toggle (i.e., from PSI to Kilopascals; from Kilopascals to PSI).

To change the nominal pressure setting, press the Test Button on the Control Module. The display

increments by 1. Each time you press the Test Button, the display will increment, until it reaches 80. After 80, the display will jump down to 40. The nominal pressure settings are presently 40 to 80 PSI for low pressure modules. The microprocessor automatically sets the alarm pressures at ± 20% of nominal. After you have the display at the desired nominal pressure, press the alarm silence button. This stores the new nominal pressure into non-volatile memory. If Set-up is complete, press the Reset Button on the Control Module.

5.4.3 Hi Pressure Range Set-up (0-300 PSIG): 5.4.3.1 The Normal/Alarm LED is alternately flashing green and red. 5.4.3.2 “160” PSI is displayed. This is the factory setting for Hi Pressure Modules. Refer to Paragraph 5.4.2.2 for

units of measure set-up. Again, press the Test Button to increment the display. The display will increment up to 240 then will jump down to 140. Press the alarm silence button to program this value into non-volatile memory. If Set-up is complete, press the Reset Button on the Control Module.

5.4.4 Vacuum Range Set-up (0-30 Inches Hg): 5.4.4.1 The Normal/Alarm LED is alternately flashing green and red. 5.4.4.2 “12.0” Inches of Hg is displayed. This is the factory setting for minimum vacuum. To change the units of

measure to mm Hg press the Set-up Button (see Figure 5). Each time the Set-up Button is pressed, during this part of the Set-up, the units of measure for this module will toggle (i.e., from inches of Hg to mm Hg; mm Hg to inches of Hg). To change the vacuum setting, press the Test Button.

The display will increment by 0.5 each time you press the Test Button. The display will increment up to

14.0 by 0.5 steps. After 14.0 it drops down to 10.0. The minimum range that is presently allowed for Vacuum Modules is 10.0 to 14.0. The microprocessor automatically sounds the alarm when the vacuum goes below this minimum setting. After you have the display set at the desired minimum, press the alarm silence button. This programs the non-volatile memory to this value. If Set-up is complete, then press the Reset Button on the Control Module.

5.5.0 Eight-Signal Module Set-up: 5.5.1 The Normal/Alarm LED is alternately flashing green and red. 5.5.2 The Eight-Signal Module displays the Remote Switch normal condition and the Output Electronic Dry

Contact normal condition. The factory setting is for normally closed circuit for both input and output. 5.5.3 Light # 1 and Light # 8 will be illuminated red. This is the factory setting of this module. 5.5.3.1 To change all inputs of this module to Normally Open Circuit, press the Test Button. Each time you press

the Test Button, the top light or # 1 Light will alternate from ON to OFF then OFF to ON. ON indicates Normally Closed Circuits. OFF indicates Normally Open Circuits.

5.5.3.2 To change the outputs, press the Set-up Button – S1 on the Control Module, Light # 8 will turn OFF.

Press the Set-up Button again and Light # 8 will turn back ON. Light # 8 ON indicates Normally Closed Circuit Output and Light # 8 OFF indicates Normally Open Circuit Output.

5.5.3.3 After you have both the input and output circuits set to the conditions you want, press the alarm silence

button. This programs the non-volatile memory with this module's configuration. If you have finished Set-up, press the Reset Button on the Control Module.

22

SECTION VI

6.0 TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Figure 21 – Typical Wiring Diagrams For 8 Signal Modules

J20 J21

Terminal Block Inputs Module 3

Common Terminal Block Lights Outputs Module 3

Input Wiring Output Wiring Bank 3

23

Figure 22(A) – Typical Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Outputs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Outputs

Note: All remote signals should have one common and one signal wire per code requirements.

Additional Master/Slave Alarm Signals not

shown may be necessary per code requirements.

24

Figure 22(B) – Typical Wiring Diagram

3000 SERIES MANIFOLD

NC NO COMMONN

NC NO

COMMON

NC LAG ALARM NO COMMON

Note: All remote signals should have one common and one signal wire per code requirements.

Additional Master/Slave Alarm Signals not

shown may be necessary per code

requirements.

25

SECTION VII REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR DIGITAL ALARM II

Figure 23 – Pressure/Vacuum Switch

Figure 24 – Pressure/Vacuum Transmitters

26

Figure 25 – Pressure Switch - Nitrogen Figure 26 – Wiring For Nitrogen Pressure Switch

Catalog # 74-13-0105

NOTE: Wiring of the high pressure switch for the Hi-Lo or Abnormal indications requires 2 switches. 1. Wiring for Abnormal - Wire A is wired to Alarm 8 Signal Input. Wire C and D are wired to each other.

Wire E is wired to the Alarm Common Input. 2. Wiring For A Hi-Lo Input - Wire A is wired to Alarm 8 Signal Input. Wire C is wired to the Alarm

Common Input. Wire E is wired to Alarm 8 Signal Input. Wire D is wired to the Alarm Common Input.

27

All Repair Parts listed are field replaceable. NOTE: Parts not identified as field replaceable are not considered to be such and in the event of malfunction or

breakdown of one of these parts, the entire assembly should be replaced or returned to our factory. Contact our Factory Technical Support Center at 800-411-5136 if you have any questions.

CAUTION: DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM ALLIED HEALTHCARE PRODUCTS, INC.’S TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER. SUCH SUBSTITUTION CAN CAUSE PREMATURE PRODUCT FAILURE AND MAY VOID THE WARRANTY.

7.0 Replacement Parts For the Chemetron Digital Alarm II:

Catalog Number

Description

Figure No. Where Shown

74-13-0100 Pressure Switch for Oxygen 74-13-0101 Pressure Switch for Vacuum 74-13-0102 Pressure Switch for Nitrous Oxide 74-13-0103 Pressure Switch for Medical Air 74-13-0104 Pressure Switch for Carbon Dioxide 74-13-0105 Pressure Switch for Nitrogen * 74-13-0106 Pressure Switch for Oxygen/Carbon Dioxide 74-13-0107 Pressure Switch for Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (WAGD) 74-14-9051 Kit, Transmitter, Oxygen Figure 24 74-14-9052 Kit, Transmitter, Vacuum Figure 24 74-14-9053 Kit, Transmitter, Nitrous Oxide Figure 24 74-14-9054 Kit, Transmitter, Air Figure 24 74-14-9055 Kit, Transmitter, Carbon Dioxide Figure 24 74-14-9056 Kit, Transmitter, Nitrogen Figure 24 74-14-9057 Kit, Transmitter, Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (WAGD) Figure 24 74-90-0100 Copper Pigtail Figure1 74-91-0001 Label, Gas Service Identification, USA 74-91-0002 Label, Layout Eight-Signal Annunciator, Digital Alarm II 74-91-0003 Main Label, Eight-Signal Annunciator, Digital Alarm II 74-91-0004 7 Gang Mother Board Assy. W/Electronic Dry Contact Outputs Figure 19(A) 74-91-0010 Main Label, Digital Alarm II 74-91-0020 Overlay, Pressure/Vacuum Module Figure 3 74-91-0021 Overlay, Control Module (Chemetron) Figure 2 74-91-0022 Overlay, Eight-Signal Annunciator Module Figure 4 74-91-0023 Overlay, Composite, Digital Alarm II (Chemetron) 74-91-0024 Overlay, Blank, Digital Alarm II 74-91-0026 Overlay, Composite, Digital Alarm II (Oxequip) 74-91-0050 Pressure/Vacuum Module 74-91-0051 4 Gang Mother Board Assy. W/Electronic Dry Contact Outputs Figure 1 74-91-0053 Control Module 74-91-0054 Eight-Signal Annunciator Module 74-91-0055 Blank Insert, Digital Alarm II 74-91-0070 Main Power Fuse 1/8 Amp (115 Volt Units) Figure 9 74-91-0071 Main Power Fuse 1/16 Amp (230 Volt Units) Figure 9 74-91-0072 Fuse Holder Figure 9 74-91-0074 Transformer Housing Assembly Figure 9 74-91-0104 4 Gang Mother Board Assembly - No Outputs Figure 1 74-91-0105 7 Gang Mother Board Assembly - No Outputs Figure 19(A)

* Two Required For Low and High Signals

28

7.0 Replacement Parts For the Chemetron Digital Alarm II (Continued):

Catalog Number

Description

Figure No. Where Shown

74-91-0110 Cable Control Module To Mother Board Figure 18 74-91-0114 Cable Control Module To Other Modules, 7 Gang Figure 18 74-91-0115 Cable Control Module To Other Modules, 4 Gang Figure 18 74-91-1001 Label, Gas Service Identification, CSA

If any problems are noted with this product, contact the Allied Healthcare

Products, Inc.’s Technical Support Center for assistance at 800-411-5136.

LIMITED WARRANTY

The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not

limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a

particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the seller’s contract or

the sales acknowledgment form.

Allied Healthcare Products, Inc. 1720 Sublette Avenue

St. Louis, MO 63110-1968 Telephone: 314-771-2400 Toll Free: 800-444-3954

FAX: 800-477-7701 © Allied Healthcare Products, Inc. 1994

iu health sleep lab

Documents

ctrl key

white river blvdmuncie

rollerstevetext boxreturn

energy management design1208

captive linearslide

load powerlutron controls

paddle switches

diva choices